266
USER MANUAL CAI Specification for Core Network Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0

EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUALCAI Specification for Core Network Ericsson Multi

Activation 4.0

Page 2: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

Copyright

© Ericsson AB 2006 - All Rights Reserved

Disclaimer

No part of this document may be reproduced in any form without the writtenpermission of the copyright owner.

The contents of this document are subject to revision without notice due tocontinued progress in methodology, design and manufacturing.

Ericsson shall have no liability for any error or damage of any kind resultingfrom the use of this document.

This document is a general guide, instruction and description of the EMAproduct or applicable parts thereof. However, an EMA system installation maybe configured partially or in a number of other alternative ways. Consequently,configurations of EMA systems may vary between different installations, hencesuch differences may also result in variations in the EMA system behavior,capacity as well as other limitations.

If in any doubt, please contact your local Ericsson support for further advise.

Trademark List

Ericsson is the trademark or registered trademark of Ericsson AB. All otherproducts or service names mentioned in this document are trademarks of theirrespective companies.

155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 3: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Contents

1 Introduction 1

1.1 Prerequisites 1

1.2 Scope 2

1.3 Objectives 3

2 CAI Overview 5

2.1 General 5

2.2 Distributed Configuration 6

3 Communication Protocol 9

3.1 General 9

3.2 Transport and Network Layer 10

3.3 Session and Presentation Layer 13

4 Message Formats 17

4.1 Character Representation 17

4.2 Message Request Format 17

4.3 Message Response Format 19

5 Control Commands 21

5.1 Login 21

5.2 Logout 21

5.3 Message Response 22

6 HLR Subscription 25

6.1 Composite Parameter Definitions 25

6.2 Customers Service Orders (CSO) 69

6.3 Request and Response Parameters 83

6.4 HLR Subscriber Data Abbreviations 98

6.5 HLRSUB Message Response 107

7 FNR Subscription 123

7.1 Customers Service Orders 123

7.2 Request and Response Parameters 139

7.3 FNR Subscriber Data Abbreviations 142

7.4 FNRSUB Message Response 142

155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 4: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

8 IMSI Change Over 151

8.1 Customers Service Orders 151

8.2 Request and Response Parameters 157

8.3 IMSICH Message Response 159

9 AUC Subscription 163

9.1 Composite Parameter Definitions 163

9.2 Customers Service Orders 165

9.3 Request and Response Parameters 170

9.4 AUCSUB Message Response 172

10 EIR Subscription 175

10.1 Customers Service Orders 175

10.2 Request and Response Parameters 186

10.3 Message Response 189

11 CMS11HLR Subscription 195

11.1 Composite Parameter Definitions 195

11.2 Customers Service Orders 196

11.3 Request and Response Parameters 204

11.4 CMS11HLR Subscriber Data Abbreviations 208

11.5 CMS11HLR Message Response 219

12 CMS11AC Subscription 223

12.1 Customers Service Orders 223

12.2 Request and Response Parameters 234

12.3 CMS11AC Message Response 237

13 Appendix A (Graphical Structure) 241

13.1 Example 1 241

13.2 Example 2 241

13.3 Example 3 242

14 Appendix B (Typical X.25 Configuration) 243

14.1 The Interface Section: 244

14.2 The Link Section: 244

14.3 The X.25 (packet level) Section: 245

15 Appendix C (Error Recovery) 249

16 Appendix D (New or Changed NEs and MOs in EMA 4.0) 251

155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 5: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Glossary 253

Reference List 259

155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 6: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 7: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

1 Introduction

The Customer Administration Interface (CAI) is the interface between a CASsystem and Ericsson Multi Activation (EMA). The interface simplifies the accessto different kinds of Network Elements (NE) by introducing one homogenousinterface for all Network Elements.

The document Customer Administration Interface (CAI) (EPK/NK-96:073) isgeneric and describes the CAI syntax and protocol in general terms, whereasthis EMA document is the specific description of the interface between a CASand Ericsson Multi Activation for management of HLR, EIR, AUC and etc. ofthe respective relevant versions.

CAI controls all protocol conversions for the specific Network Element.

Figure 1 The CAI concept

1.1 Prerequisites

In this document, it is assumed that the user:

• have basic knowledge of EMA.

• have proper authority to use EMA.

• have common knowledge about third-party documentation.

• have common knowledge of Ericsson systems.

• have sound knowledge of the Network Elements.

1155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 8: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

1.2 Scope

This document specifies the CAI protocol for subscription/equipmentadministration towards Ericsson GSM 900/1800/1900 networks, hereinspecified as GSM network. The supported releases of the GSM network are:

a GSM 900/1800 R6.1

b GSM 1900 R3

c GSM R8/R9/R9.1/R9.2/R10/R11

d WCDMA R1.5/R2/R3/R4/R5

The document defines in detail the actions that may be performed and theresponses to be expected.

The following core network databases are supported:

a Home Location Register (HLR)

The HLR application based on a modular concept provides flexibility invarious network. It offers not only common maintenance and developmentmethodology and well-proven process for introducing new and enhancedfunctionality, but also trouble-free and seamless inter-working betweendifferent nodes.

b Equipment Identity Register (EIR)

The EIR helps to detect and trace phone handset counterfeiting andhandset subsidy fraud.

c Authentication Centre (AUC)

The AUC generates authentication and ciphering data according tothe European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) GSMspecifications.

d Flexible Number Register (FNR)

The FNR node is a high capacity entity designed to cope with the handlingof large number series and minimal call setup delays.

The NE redundancy concept in EMA support redundant HLRs as well as pairednetwork elements such as FNR/NP and AUC.

For further information about the EMA redundancy concept, see FunctionSpecification Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0.

2 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 9: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

1.3 Objectives

The aim of this document is to make it possible to integrate a CAS with EMA.For specific low level parameters, additional documents (see Reference) mustbe used.

3155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 10: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

4 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 11: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

2 CAI Overview

2.1 General

The CAI is capable of handling independent multiple sessions towards CAS.From each session all authorized Network Elements are accessible.

Figure 2 The EMA Message Flow

A provisioning operation initiated from the CAS to EMA is referred as aCustomer Service Order (CSO).

A CSO contains a Managed Object (MO) and one of the following actions:

• GET (to display an MO)

• CREATE (to create an MO)

5155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 12: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

• DELETE (to delete an MO)

• SET (to modify an MO)

The MO contains the information to be transferred to or fetched from theNetwork Element. Each MO type corresponds to a specific network elementfunction.

Actions that influence network data are called provisioning operations andare logged by CAI. It is possible to see Network Service Orders (NSOs) thathave been sent, Network Element responses and the result of the completeprovisioning operation.

CAI has a security system which can be used to prevent non-authorizedoperators from accessing data in the networks. This is implemented by meansof access control. Any hostile attempt will result in an error response to CAS.

All provisioning operations are synchronized, which means that there are noprovisioning operation queues in CAI.

The NE redundancy concept sends data to the primary NE and then to thesecondary NE. Only commands that change data for the subscribers areduplicated (create/set/delete). This concept is available for HLR, FNR and AUC.

In general, CAI supports the full set of MOs. However, a site may be configurednot to have support for certain NEs. In such a case, an error explaining thatthe configuration did not allow the action is responded when CAI is trying toaccess non-supported MOs.

2.2 Distributed Configuration

EMA also has a routing concept that supports the distribution of CSOs to otherCAI compliant nodes without processing. The concept is called DistributedConfiguration (DC). This concept allows a number of CAI applications to beinterconnected to form one logical application.

6 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 13: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 3 Distribution of Managed Objects

EMA forward CSOs to another CAI complaint node according to the routingdefinition. The destination may have the same set of MOs (another EMAfor load sharing purpose) or a totally separate set of MOs (e.g., WGPSUB- Wireless Application Protocol Gateway/Proxy subscription). The routingdefinition is achieved by defining routing paths upon number range like MOname, MO instance ranges (e.g., MSISDN/IMSI ranges) or regular expression.

The DC concept gives the possibility to have CAI MOs distributed withinthe network. It is also possible to distribute the same MO on several CAIapplications, which are separated by MO instance ranges (for example,MSISDN/IMSI ranges).

Note: It is not necessary for all CAI applications to implement the distributedconfiguration functionality, if they are considered as the end destinationof the CAI requests.

Note: DC only supports command in standard CAI syntax, otherwise, code1002 (external error) is responded.

There are two provisioning operations that can only be used through DC:

• GETNEXT (to receive the next object after a successful GET operation)

• CANCELGET (to cancel the fetching of multiple response after retrieving aGET response)

For more information about the distribution of the MOs, see SystemAdministration Graphical User Interface Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0.

7155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 14: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

8 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 15: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

3 Communication Protocol

3.1 General

The CAI is based on proprietary Ericsson presentation and session layers.

Figure 4 The Communication stack Layers

Basic features of the CAI are:

• semi-permanent connection

• synchronous, one message always followed by its response

• ASCII-character based presentation and session layer

• multiple concurrent sessions

The following standards can be used as transport and network layers:

• X.25, 1988, 1984

• TCP/IP

• TELNET

A connection is always initiated from CAS. First the transport layer is set up,either X.25, TCP/IP or TELNET. If it is possible to open a connection, a sessionis created using a login sequence. After a successful login, data can betransferred.

To terminate a session, a logout sequence is used followed by a disconnectionof the transport layer.

Note that when using X.25, the transport layer is transparent and equal tothe network layer.

9155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 16: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

For further information on how to connect CAS to CAI, see SystemAdministrators Guide Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0 File Based and SystemAdministrators Guide Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0 Database Based.

3.2 Transport and Network Layer

The type of transport and network layers (protocols X.25, TELNET) to be usedare decided upon software installation. If more than one protocols are used theamount of concurrent sessions on each protocol is dependent upon the numberof sessions the other protocol is using.

Depending on the type of protocol (X.25, TELNET), a set of configurationparameters are available. Reconfiguration of these parameters are possiblewithout a new software installation. At time of reconfiguration, ongoing sessionsmust be disconnected.

From CAS point of view each EMA is associated with a specific networkaddress. Depending on the type of transport layer, this address can either be anX.25 address (see X.25 standard and alsoSection 14.3 on page 245) or an IPaddress. This address can be used for all parallel sessions initiated from CAS.

For X.25 it is also possible to use sub-addressing in order to distinguish onesession from another. The same scheme can also be used with TELNET.However, in this case it is not the IP address which differs but instead thespecific user identity.

3.2.1 X.25

The X.25 shall conform to the CCITT standard 1988 or 1984.

A typical set of configuration parameters are found in Section 14 on page 243.

CAI supports X.25 point-to-point as well as X.25 over a network.

The connection type used is virtual call (VC) and CAS is always the initiatingside of a call, see below.

Figure 5 Successful Virtual Call

When a virtual call is established, data in both directions can be transferred.

10 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 17: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

The optional ‘Facility’ field and the ‘Call user data’ field are not used in a CALLREQUEST packet.

If EMA for some reason cannot answer to a call, a CLEAR REQUEST withappropriate clearing cause and diagnostic code is sent back, see below.

Figure 6 Sequence Showing a Rejected Virtual Call

Any side may choose to clear the call by sending a CLEAR REQUEST withappropriate clearing cause and diagnostic code, see below.

Figure 7 Sequence Showing Clearing of a Virtual Call

After a call is cleared, the CAI is immediately ready to accept new calls.

3.2.2 Direct Socket Communication

TCP/IP used in EMA means TCP over IP. It is a connection oriented protocolproviding a reliable, full-duplex and byte stream for a user process. TCPtakes care of communication details such as acknowledgements, timeouts,retransmissions.

11155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 18: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 8 Packet Exchange for TCP Connection

CAS can communicate with EMA via TCP/IP using an IP address with thefollowing format: <ip_address>:<port_number>. The default value ofport_number is 3300.

If the EMA server has been set up correctly, EMA will listen to this port.

As for Figure 8 on page 12, once a connection between CAS and EMA isestablished, CAS can form a request and send it to EMA. EMA processesthe request and responds to CAS. Status such as ESTABLISHED, LISTEN,CLOSE_WAIT and TIME_WAIT, can be displayed.

3.2.3 TELNET

Standard TELNET procedures are used to open a connection and it is assumedthat each end acts as network virtual terminals. The CAS is always the initiatingside and option negotiation may take place within the structure of TELNETProtocol see TELNET Protocol Specification. Any side may choose to clear theconnection. Once a connection is established, it is preferred that each messageis sent as one string. There are two ways of using TELNET:

12 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 19: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

a Each TELNET connection is associated with a user ID and a password inaccordance with EMA’s UNIX users. The usage of the CAI application isdone through a ordinary UNIX login shell.

b Login is done via TELNET login on directly a TCP/IP port. No additionalUNIX login is required.

The advantages/disadvantages with the different approaches, are that usingthe UNIX shell login is more secure and TELNET connections directly onTCP/IP ports is much faster. For more information, see System AdministratorsGuide Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0 File Based and System AdministratorsGuide Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0 Database Based.

Below is a typical printout when establishing a connection towards a EMAserver (emaserver). As can be seen, firstly, a login to the Unix server has to beperformed before CAI can be accessed (the TELNET shell usage).

cas> telnet emaserver

Trying 136.225.100.204...

Connected to emaserver.

Escape character is ’^]’.

SunOS 5.8

Login: telcai

password:

Last login: Thu Aug 31 16:30:33 from 136.225.40.122

Sun Microsystems Inc. SunOS 5.8 Generic February2000

CONNECTING TO CAI...

PROCESS cai3300 CONNECTED...

Enter command:

3.3 Session and Presentation Layer

The session and presentation layers are proprietary Ericsson and support twotypes of messages:

• control messages

• data messages (CSO)

A message is coded using standard 8-bit ASCII characters.

13155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 20: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Up to 64 concurrent sessions can be used on each port. For further informationon how to use multiple concurrent sessions, see System Administrators GuideEricsson Multi Activation 4.0 File Based and System Administrators GuideEricsson Multi Activation 4.0 Database Based.

Each session is independent of any previous opened sessions. Interferencebetween two sessions must be handled by the CAS. EMA does not guarantee amutual exclusion, e.g., if two sessions are concurrently operating on one andthe same subscriber identity, one of the sessions may or may not receive anerror code back.

3.3.1 Opening a Session

CAS is the party which initialize a session. First, a channel is allocated viathe transport layer (either X.25 or TELNET). Thereafter CAS continues withsending a LOGIN control message (see Section 5.1 on page 21). EMA answerswith a response message.

Figure 9 A Successful Opening of a Session

<USER_ID> User ID (up to 16 characters)

<PWD> Password (up to 16 characters)

3.3.2 Closing a Session

When CAS needs to logout from EMA, it will send a LOGOUT control message(see Section 5.2 on page 21) and in turn EMA will reply with a responsemessage. Thereafter CAS clears the channel. If CAS does not clear thechannel within a configurable timeout time, EMA clears the channel.

14 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 21: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 10 A Successful Logout Sequence

3.3.3 Aborting a Session

When EMA needs to be terminated due to system maintenance, reconfigurationand so on, EMA may clear any ongoing sessions. If there is an ongoingmessage request, EMA must execute it and reply with a response before EMAmay disconnect the transport layer.

Figure 11 Abort Ongoing Session

3.3.4 Distribution of Managed Objects

To make it possible to have distributed Managed Objects in the network,it is defined that a CAI application can accept CSO requests consisting ofoperations on objects that the current application does not support.

15155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 22: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 12 Distribution of CSO Requests

This is accomplished by having a DC node configured. Using DC the currentCAI node can do a lookup and see what application in the network shall havethe actual request. The application establishes a connection over the transportlayer (if it does not already have one opened) and performs a login into the CAIapplication that is the target for the CSO. After a successful login the CAI node(CAI #1) forwards the CSO to the other CAI application (CAI #2). The initiator(CAI #1) waits for a response from the other application (CAI #2). When itreceives the response, the initiator forwards the response to the CAS.

Note that the interface between CAI applications is identical to the interfacebetween CAS/CAI.

For more information about how to configure DC see System AdministrationGraphical User Interface Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0.

16 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 23: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

4 Message Formats

The communication between CAS and EMA consists of messages, CAS sendsmessage requests which are answered by EMA with message responses.

4.1 Character Representation

All values - strings and numbers - shall be in coded ASCII, i.e., the decimalnumber 1285 should be transferred as 4 ASCII characters (‘1’, ‘2’, ‘8’ and ‘5’).

String values using unprintable characters (for example, ASCII value 0,LineFeed ASCII value 19) should use standard C conventions (‘\<ascii value>’)or the standard names for C (for example ‘\n’) to specify the character. Stringvalues must be quoted if they contain other characters than A-Z, a-z, 0-9, ‘-’ or‘_’, e.g., ‘‘string value’’. This type of string is further on called <full_string>.

If ‘\’ is part of the string, then the ASCII value or ‘\\’ must be used. If ‘"‘ is part ofthe string, then the ASCII value must be used or use ‘\”’.

Operations and attribute names are case sensitive. They must be in UpperCase.

4.1.1 Examples

String String in MessageRequest/ Messageresponse

Comment

AZ_09_az AZ-09-az String without "other"characters

AZ-09-ax<CR> AZ-09-ax\x0D <CR> represented by ahexadecimal ASCII value

\home\user<CR> \\home\\user\r <CR> represented by astandard C character constant

"quotes"<CR> \042quotes\042\15 quotes (’"’) and <CR>represented by octal ASCIIvalues

4.2 Message Request Format

Message requests contain a message operation identifier, i.e., the commandwhich shall be executed (see Section 1 on page 1). It is possible to uniquelyidentify a request, except for login/logout requests, with a transaction identifier.

17155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 24: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Each transaction identifier can have a string up to 32 characters to identify theprovisioning operations. It is possible to reuse the transaction identifier, if theCAS system wants to group a number of provisioning operations.

All message requests (provisioning operations) that cause data changes inthe network are logged.

In a case where a parameter occurs more than once within a command, thefollowing priorities applies:

1 If possible (by nature of parameter) do ‘append’

2 Otherwise, let the last supplied parameter be valid

Figure 13 A Message Request

<operation> The operation indicates what action that will be takentowards a target. One of the following operations mustbe used:

- CREATE

- SET

- DELETE

- GET

<target> A target can be either a managed object or an operatorID (login name).

Figure 14 <target> command

<op_id> Operator ID (up to 16 characters). A number ofcharacters which should be in the intervals A-Z, a-z,0-9 or an ’_’ (underscore).

<mo> The mo indicates which Managed Object to operate on.A number of characters which should be in the intervalsA-Z, a-z, 0-9, or an ’_’ (underscore).

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the provisioning operation, whichis a string value consisting of 1-32 characters in theintervals A-Z, a-z and 0-9.

18 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 25: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<ARGn> [1-n] parameters separated by colon (:).

Figure 15 <ARGn> command

<attr_name> The name of the attribute in Upper Case letters.

<subattr_name> The name of the subattribute in Upper Case letters.

<number> An unsigned integer value

<full_string> A number of characters, including white spaces andother unprintable characters enclosed in ‘‘ ’’

<string> A number of characters which should be in the intervalsA-Z, a-z and 0-9 or an ‘_’ (underscore).

<enum> Enumeration type. A <string> but with defined values.

The whole message is terminated with a semicolon (;). Between the separators(‘:’ and’,’) there can be an optional number of white spaces (tabs and spaces).

4.3 Message Response Format

Message responses contain a message response code <resp_code> which isa number, where ‘‘0’’ stands for a successful response, and any other value foran unsuccessful response. The request can also contain a transaction identifier<trans_id> depending on if there was a transaction identifier attached with themessage request. The transaction identifier will only be sent together with theresponse if the message request does not contain any syntactical errors.

Figure 16 A Provisioning Operation Response

<transaction_id> The transaction identifier of the provisioning operation.Same value as in the message request.

<resp_code> See “Message Response” section of each chapter.

19155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 26: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

As with the message request format, the whole message is terminated with asemicolon (;) and between the separators (‘:’and ‘,’) there can be an optionalnumber of white spaces (tabs and spaces).

Figure 17 A Get Response

<transaction_id> The transaction identifier of the provisioning operation.Same value as in the message request.

<resp_code> See “Message Response” section of each chapter.

<attr_name> The name of the attribute in Upper Case letters.

<value> The attribute value.

Figure 18 The attribute value response

If a requested attribute name has no values attached, only the <attr_name>will be displayed. Parameters and attached values will only be displayed if theresponse code <resp_code> indicates a successful message response.

20 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 27: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

5 Control Commands

5.1 Login

The LOGIN command will log in the user on EMA. The login passwords andUser ID are stored in EMA parameter database, see System AdministratorsGuide Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0 File Based and System AdministratorsGuide Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0 Database Based.

5.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 19 Login Command

<user_id> User ID (up to 16 characters).

<pwd> Password (up to 16 characters).

5.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 20 Response

<resp_code> See Section 5.3 on page 22 for response codes.

5.1.3 Examples

Login request for User ID ‘‘EMA_OPER’’ with the password ‘‘SECRET’’:LOGIN:EMA_OPER:SECRET;

Response to a successful login: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful response to a login attempt with an invalid User ID or password:RESP:3006;

5.2 Logout

This command will log out the user from EMA. The request will be rejected ifno user is logged on.

21155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 28: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

5.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 21 Logout Command

5.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 22 Response

<resp_code> See Section 5.3 on page 22 for response codesdefinition.

5.2.3 Examples

Logout request: LOGOUT;

Successful logout: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful response to a logout attempt without logging in first: RESP:3007;

5.3 Message Response

Here follows a description of the possible message response codes that can bereceived in a message response. The tables contain a column Type, indicatingthe seriousness/category of each response. Available categories are

• Syntax error (S)

• Temporary error (T)

• Faulty data (D)

• Fatal error (F)

and they can be used as a guide line in error management procedures. Suitableactions are indicated in Section 15 on page 249.

Table 1 Control Commands

Descriptions RespCode

Type Log In LogOut

Successful 0 x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS (2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x

22 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 29: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Log In LogOut

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x

User ID/ password invalid orexpired

3006 D x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x

23155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 30: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

24 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 31: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6 HLR Subscription

Note: If the user has chosen the Splitted HLR and FNR licence duringinstallation, when doing provisioning towards HLR, EMA will causeno data update in FNR and will not query FNR for any information.So, in this case, if there is any data need to be updated in FNR forHLRSUB, the Operator should update them through FNSUB or NPSUBin addition. Refer to chapter 7 for detailed information about FNRprovisioning.

If the user hasn’t chosen the Splitted HLR and FNR licence duringinstallation, when doing provisioning towards HLR, EMA will updatedata in FNR also, but the physical implementation of FNR behind HLRwill be hidden for the user.

6.1 Composite Parameter Definitions

6.1.1 Subscriber Data

Each Subscriber Data parameter, either including in a message request orin a message response, shall be made up of an identifier followed by one ormore attributes (e.g., provision status, Basic Service Group, activation status,Forwarded-to number), defining the value of the parameter. Attributes areseparated by commas and parameters are separated by colons.

Figure 23 Subscriber Data Parameter

<Data id> Abbreviated name of the Subscriber Data or servicesee Section 6.4 on page 98.

<val/prov> Value of the Subscriber Data argument or provisionstate of a service.

<act> Activation state of a service.

25155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 32: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<fnum> Forwarded-to number applicable for call forwardingservices.

<nrpy_time> No-reply-time, only applicable for the service ‘CallForwarding on No ReplY’ (CFNRY).

OFA-<ofa> Origin Forward to number Analysis.

<subadd> Subaddress, can be added to the Forwarded-to number.

KEEP Keeps the original Forwarded-to number. Only can beused when the value of <act> is 0.

<bsg> Basic Service Group for which the service shall be(de)activated.

The Subscriber Data parameter must follow the rules as defined below. A tableof all possible Subscriber Data parameter together with their applicable valuescan be found in Section 6.3 on page 83 and abbreviations are explained inSection 6.4 on page 98.

6.1.1.1 Setting Subscriber Data / Providing Services

a If a Supplementary Service is only to be provided and not activated, onlythen will its provision status be given. This will deactivate the activatedservice and leaving it provided. e.g., CAW,1- provide call waiting, notactivated.

b If a service’s provision is being withdrawn, it can neither be activated norregistered. e.g., CFNRY,0 - do not provide CFNRY.

6.1.1.2 Activating Supplementary Services

a Supplementary services can be activated independently for each BasicService Group or for all subscribed BSG’s, e.g., BAIC,1,1,TS10- provideand activate BAIC only for the Basic Service Group ‘Speech transmissionservices’.

b If a service is to be activated it must be provided irrespectively of itsprevious provision status. If no BSG is specified the service will beactivated for all applicable BSG’s, e.g., BAIC,1,1 - provide and activateBAIC for all BSG’s subscribed.

c A service may be activated for several BSG’s at the same time byrepeating the required attributes for the different BSG identifiers. e.g.,BAIC,1,1,TS10,1,TS60 - provide and activate BAIC for the BSG’s ‘Speechtransmission services’ and ‘Facsimile transmission services’.

6.1.1.3 Registration of Forwarded-to numbers

a When activating (by registration) call forwarding services and singlepersonal number Supplementary Service, a Forwarded-to number must be

26 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 33: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

provided, e.g., CFNRC,1,1,46455381234,TS10 - provide, activate andregister CFNRC for Basic Service Group ‘Speech transmission services’with Forwarded-to number 491019120000. It is also possible to supply asubaddress with the Forwarded-to number, which is of the format: a-b -where a is 0,1 or 2 and b is 2 - 40 characters (in octet pairs). Each characterrepresenting a hexadecimal value 0-9, A-F, e.g., CFNRC,1,1,46455381234,1-0AFBE01C001A

b When activating (by registration) ‘Call forwarding on no reply’, aNo-reply-time may be specified (5s - 30s in 5s steps). If the No-reply-timeis not given then the HLR default No-reply-time will be taken: e.g.,CFNRY,1,1,46455381234,20 - a 20 sec. No-reply-time is set.

6.1.1.4 Origin for Forwarded-to Number Analysis

a Each time a subscriber registers a forwarding-to-number, a check isperformed in the HLR that this number is not restricted. Restricted numbersare those which are not allowed to be used for call forwarding e.g., thenumber to a police station. e.g., OFA,1 - 1 is origin for forwarding-to numberanalysis. When parameter OFA is required, and has not been specified inthe command, a value assigned as default to the mobile subscriber is used.

6.1.1.5 Deactivation / Keeping registration

a A Supplementary Service can be explicitly deactivated for a certain BasicService Group without the withdrawal of the service. e.g., BAIC, 1,0,TS10- Deactivate BAIC only for Basic Service Group ‘Speech transmissionservices’ and leave it provided.

b If no BSG is specified the service will be deactivated for all applicableBSG’s: e.g., BAIC,1,0 - deactivate BAIC for all applicable BSG’s but leaveit provided.

c If a service is withdrawn it will be automatically deactivated for all BasicService Groups. e.g. BAIC,0 - do not provide BAIC and thereforedeactivate.

d Upon the deactivation of a Supplementary Service the registeredForwarded-to number (and No-reply-time if applicable) is lost if it is notincluded in the deactivation request. When the service shall be reactivatedit must be specified again. e.g., CFNRC,1,0,TS10 - deactivate CFNRC, theForwarded-to number will not be kept. CFNRC,1,1,491019120000,TS10 -reactivate CFNRC, the Forwarded-to number must be specified again.

e The Forwarded-to number (and No-reply-time if applicable) will be keptupon deactivation of a service, if the Forwarded-to number is given inthe deactivation command. e.g., CFNRC,1,0,491019120000,TS10 -deactivate CFNRC but keep the Forwarded-to number as 491019120000.CFNRC,1,1,TS10 - activate CFNRC again, using the ‘‘old’’ Forwarded-tonumber.

27155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 34: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

f There is another way to keep the Forwarded-to number upon deactivationof a service, if "KEEP" is given in the deactivation command, e.g.,CFNRC,1,0,KEEP,TS10 - deactivate CFNRC but keep the originalForwarded-to number. CFNRC,1,1,TS10 - activate CFNRC again, usingthe "old" Forwarded-to number.

6.1.1.6 Restrictions and Deviations

There are a number of Supplementary Service interactions possible in thenetwork that should be kept in mind when working with Subscriber Data.Interaction means that the activation/registration of service might be influencedby the provision/activation/registration of other Supplementary Services orthe roaming of the mobile subscriber. These interactions are described inSupplementary Service and Operator Determined Barring Interactions in HLR.

The applicability of some services are limited (see Section 6.3 on page 83).Furthermore, exceptional cases are:

SPN This service cannot be provided and activatedseparately. Therefore it is not possible to keep theregistered Forwarded-to number. Allowed requests are:

SPN, 0

Not provided/activated

SPN,1,1,<fnum>

Provided/Activate/Registered

DCF This service cannot be provided and activatedseparately. Therefore it is not possible to keep theregistered Forwarded-to number. Allowed requests are:

DCF, 0

Not provided/activated

DCF,1,1,<fnum>,<bsg>

Provided/Activate/Registered e.g.,

...DCF,1,1,46455381233,TS10,1,46455381234,TS60:..

.

TSD1 The teleservice ‘‘Auxiliary Telephony’’is automaticallyprovided if a dual MSISDN is defined for a subscription.A dual number is an additional MSISDN with BC 1associated to it. Therefore TSD1 cannot be provided, itis a ‘read-only’ subscriber data.

28 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 35: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.2 Profiles

All Subscriber Data excluding password, MSISDN and IMSI may be set inan HLR profile. For Supplementary Services (e.g., CFU) only the provisionstatus can be set.

HLR GPRS Subscriber Data or HLR CAMEL Subscriber Data can also be setinto an HLR GPRS profile or an HLR CAMEL profile, this function is supportedin HLR version R11 or later.

A GSM HLR has up to 256 profiles which can be defined through the GSM HLRAdministration application, see System Administration Graphical User InterfaceEricsson Multi Activation 4.0.

A GSM HLR has up to 256 GPRS profiles and up to 256 CAMEL profiles whichcan be defined through the GSM HLR Administration application. User can alsouse GPRS or CAMEL profile to define or modify a subscriber.

Figure 24 Profile Command

<profile_no> Profile number, 0 - 255 for a HLR

<gprsprofile_no> HLR GPRS Profile number, 0 - 255 for an HLR

<camelprofile_no> HLR CAMEL Profile number, 0 - 255 for an HLR

The usage of profiles for creation and modification of subscriptions is highlyrecommended because the requests can then be executed much faster. Theprofile data is copied to the subscription data within the HLR in one step.Without a profile, EMA sends at least one MML command per argument(provided service) to the HLR.

Additional parameter in the message request will only be necessary if they arenot contained in the profile (e.g., activation of a service), or if profile parametervalues shall be replaced. Any additional argument will generate additionalMML commands, thereby increasing the time needed to create or to modify asubscription in the HLR.

29155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 36: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.2.1 Usage of Profiles when Creating a Subscriber

a If a profile is used in the service request to define a subscriber the profiledata is copied. Assume Profile no.1 contains the following data:

OFA 1

CAT 10

SOCB 1

CAW 1

CFB 1

CFU 0

A message request to define a subscriber with profile no.1 might be:...MSISDN,46455381234: IMSI,12345678912345: PROFILE,1... Hence, arequest to display the Subscriber Data will return: ... MSISDN,46455381234: IMSI, 12345678912345: CAT,10: CAW, 1: CFB,1,0,TS10:CFU, 0:OFA,1:SOCB, 1:...

b Profile no.0 is the default profile in the HLR. When a subscriber is definedin the HLR, all the services and Subscriber Data specified in profile 0 will beallocated if no profile is specified in the request.

Note: Note that one should exercise with great care when changing profileno.0, since a CREATE operation always uses profile no.0 if no otherprofile is selected. This might cause operations like copying of oldsubscriptions (e.g., IMSI change-over) to generate unexpected result.

c To minimize the time required for defining a subscriber, only parametersspecifying different data to that in the relevant HLR profile should beincluded when creating a subscriber.

6.1.2.2 Usage of Profiles when Setting a Subscriber

a A profile may also be specified in a subscriber data setting request (usingoperation SET). Thus, the profile data will be copied to the subscription.

b There is no default profile for a setting request: If no profile is stated, nonewill be used.

c If a profile is used in a subscription setting request, then all previouslyassigned services and Subscriber Data are reset, excluding the subscriberpassword.

Note: This means that all services will be deactivated and previously definedForwarded-to numbers will be lost.

d Due to the fact that the profile data is copied when it is used, there is nocoupling between profile and subscription after the operation. This means

30 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 37: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

that already created/modified subscribers will not be affected by a updatedprofile.

6.1.3 Additional MSISDN

The HLR will make use of several MSISDNs called ‘‘Additional MSISDNs’’(AMSISDNs), so that each of them will be uniquely associated with a specificBearer Capability (BC). Up to 16 AMSISDNs can be defined per subscription.Each of them has an associated BC. AMSISDNs can be defined and deletedbut not modified for a certain subscriber.

Figure 25 Define AMSISDN when a Subscription is Created

<amsisdn_number>

Additional MSISDN (5-15 digits)

<bc_number> Bearer Capability number (0, 1, 2, 3, 8-65534) must bedefined in the HLR.

Figure 26 Delete AMSISDN when a Subscription is Modified

<amsisdn_number>

Additional MSISDN (5-15 digits)

Figure 27 AMSISDN in a Combined Request (modification, deletion anddefinition)

<amsisdn_number>

Additional MSISDN (5-15 digits)

<bc_number> Bearer Capability number (0, 1, 2, 3, 8-65534) must bedefined in the HLR.

Figure 28 Get Gubscription AMSISDN Response

<amsisdn_number>

Additional MSISDN (5-15 digits)

31155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 38: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<bc_number> Bearer Capability number (0, 1, 2, 3, 8-65534) must bedefined in the HLR.

<bs> Basic Service identifier. The Basic Service isrepresented by an associated Bearer Capabilitynumber. The connection between the Basic Serviceand its associated Bearer Capability number is donein the HLR.

6.1.3.1 Definition of Additional MSISDNs

a AMSISDN data can be defined with the same message request to createa subscriber: e.g., CREATE:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:IMSI,12345678933333:PROFILE,1:AMSISDN,DEF,46455381222,9,DEF,46455381223,10... - Creates a subscriber and defines the AMSISDN46455381222 associated with Bearer Capability No.9 and the AMSISDN46455381223 associated with Bearer Capability No.10 for the newsubscriber.

b The Bearer Capability which shall be associated with an AMSISDN must bealready defined in the HLR. The value range for GSM Bearer Capabilitiesis 0, 1, 2, 3, 8-65534. The BC No.1 is pre-defined and reserved for theteleservice ‘Auxiliary Speech’ and BC No.8 and No.9 are pre-defined andreserved for the teleservice ‘Automatic Facsimile group 3’. The BC No.2is used to define a dual subscription and BC No.3 is used to change themaster subscription in a dual subscription that is defined previously

6.1.3.2 Deletion of Additional MSISDNs

a AMSISDNs can be deleted with the message request to modify asubscriber. e.g., :SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:AMSISDN,DEL,46455381222,DEL,46455381223,... - Both AMSISDNs for the subscriptionare deleted.

b It is possible to delete and define AMSISDNs with the same messagerequest, e.g., SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:AMSISDN,DEL,46455381222,DEL,46455381223,DEF,46455381225,25,DEF,46455381226,26... - Deletes the AMSISDNs 4645538122 and46455381223. The AMSISDNs 46455381225 and 46455381226 aredefined and associated with the Bearer Capabilities No.25 and No.26.

c The DEL... and DEF... parts can occur in any order. However, it isrecommended to place the DEL... parts before the DEF... parts in order notto surpass the allowed numbers of AMSISDNs.

6.1.4 Customized Applications for Mobile Network Enhanced Logic(CAMEL)

Customized Applications for Mobile Network Enhanced Logic (CAMEL)services are pre-defined in the HLR, each subscriber can have one service fororiginating calls, one for terminating calls and one for GPRS calls.

32 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 39: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.4.1 Defining CAMEL Subscription Data

Figure 29 Defining CAMEL Subscription Trigger Detection Points

<mmtdp_number> Mobility Management CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are “0-4” and“ALL” (only for DELETE operation). This parameter isvalid only for CAMEL phase 3. Note that <service_key>and <gsa_address> are mandatory when defining thisparameter for the first time.

<vttdp_number> Visitor MSC Terminating CAMEL subscription dataTrigger Detection Point. The possible values are “12”,“13”, “14” and “ALL” (only for DELETE operation). Thisparameter is valid only for CAMEL phase 3.

<osmstdp_number>

Originating SMS CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are “1” and “ALL”(only for DELETE operation). DP SMS Collectedinformation. This parameter is valid only for CAMELphase 3.

<octdp_number> Originating CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. The value can be “2”, “4” and “ALL” (only forDELETE operation).

<tctdp_number> Terminating CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. The possible values are “12”, “13”, “14” and “ALL”(only for DELETE operation).

33155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 40: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<gprstdp_number> GPRS CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. Application system dependent parameter, thevalue can be one of following: “1”, “2”, “11”, “12”, “14”and “ALL” (only for DELETE operation).

If GPRSTDP is set in the command, the CAMELsubscription data will be applicable in the GPRSnetwork. This parameter is valid only for CAMEL phase3.

<i_value> Inhibition indicator. Application System dependentparameter. Default value is “N”.

<tsmstdp_number>

Terminating SMS CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are "2"(SMSDelivery Request) and "ALL"(only for DELETEoperation). This parameter is valid only for CAMELphase 4.

<dstdp_number> Dialled service CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are "1-10" and"ALL"(only for DELETE operation). This parameter isvalid only for CAMEL phase 4.

<dialnum> Dialled number. Expressed as na-dial where:

• na: Nature of address indicator

-0: Unknown

-1, 2: Not used

-3: National number

-4: International number

• dial: Dialled number series.Text string 1-15characters. Only digits 0-9, *, #, a, b and c areallowed as characters.

<gsa_address> GSM SCF Address (3-15 digits)

<service_key> Service Key number (0-2147483647)

<deh_value> Default Error Handling value (0-1)

<cch_value> CAMEL Capability Handling. Application systemdependent parameter (possible values are “1” - “4”).

If OCTDP is set as “4” or TCTDP is set as “13” or “14”in the command, or VTTDP/MMTDP is set, CCH canaccept value “3” only. Default value 1 is assigned whenCCH is not present.

34 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 41: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

If GPRSTDP or OSMSTDP is set in the command, CCHcan accept value 3 only. Default value 3 is assignedwhen CCH is not present.

If DSTDP is set in the command, CCH can accept value3 only. Default value 3 is assigned when CCH is notpresent.

If TSMSTDP is set in the command, CCH can acceptvalue 4 only. Default value 4 is assigned when CCHis not present.

Figure 30 Defining CAMEL Conditional Triggering Criteria Data

<mty> Match Type, possible values are “E”(Enabling) or “I”(Inhibiting). Note: this parameter is mandatory whensetting the parameter <dnum> and <dlgh> for the firsttime, and it shall NOT be used again when setting othervalues of <dnum> and <dlgh>.

<dnum> Destination Number expressed as na-nb format wherena can be 0-4 and nb can be 1-15 digits, “*”, “#” or “ALL”(only for DELETE operation).

<dlgh> Destination number length, the possible values are 1-15or “ALL” (only for DELETE operation).

<ftc> Forwarding Triggering Criteria. The possible values are“N”(Not forwarding) or “F”(Forwarding).

<bs> Basic Service. It is used to define basic servicetriggering criteria, the possible values are “TS11”,“TS61”, “TS62”, “TSD1”, “BS21”, “BS22”, “BS23”,“BS24”, “BS25”, “BS26”, “BS2G”, “BS31”, “BS32”,“BS33”, “BS34”, “BS3G” and “ALL” (only for DELETEoperation).

35155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 42: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<bsg> Basic Service Group identifier. it is used to define basicservice triggering criteria, the possible value are “TS10”,“TS60”, “TSD0”, “TS20”, “TS30” and “ALL” (only forDELETE operation).

<cch> CAMEL Capability Handling. Application systemdependent parameter (possible values are “1” -“4”).

a CAMEL subscriber data can be defined by defining either one or two orall of the followings: Originating CAMEL Subscription Trigger DetectionPoints (OCTDP), Terminating CAMEL Subscription Trigger DetectionPoints (TCTDP), GPRS CAMEL Subscription Trigger Detection Points,Terminating SMS CAMEL subscription data Trigger Detection Point andDialled service CAMEL subscription data Trigger Detection Point:

CREATE:HLRSUB:IMSI,12345678933333:MSISDN,46455381234:

CAMEL,DEF,OCTDP,2,GSA,45000000,SK,1234,DEH,1,DEF,TCTDP,

12,GSA,45000000,SK,3234,DEH,1,DEF,GPRSTDP,1,GSA,98765432,

SK,1234333,DEH,0,CCH,3,DEF,TSMSTDP,2,SK,1234,GSA,8888,DEH,1,CCH,4,DEF,DSTDP,1,DIALNUM,3–1234,SK,1234,GSA,8888.DEH,1,CCH,3:...

The above example shows how to create a subscriber in HLR with aCAMEL service. One for originating calls on detection point 2, one forterminating calls on detection point 12, one for GPRS calls on detectionpoint 1, one for terminating SMS calls on detection point 2 and one fordialled service calls on detection point 1.

b To define CAMEL Conditional Triggering Criteria Data, e.g.,

CREATE:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:CAMEL,DEF,CCAMEL,

OCTDP2,FTC,F,CCH,2,...

This example creates Conditional Triggering Criteria Data for originatingcalls on detection point 2, and forwarding triggering criteria on CAMELphase 2.

36 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 43: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.4.2 Changing CAMEL Subscription Data

Figure 31 Changing the data in the CAMEL Subscription Trigger DetectionPoints

<vttdp_number> Visitor MSC Terminating CAMEL subscription dataTrigger Detection Point. The possible values are “12”,“13”, “14” and “ALL” (only for DELETE operation). Thisparameter is valid only for CAMEL phase 3.

<osmstdp_number>

Originating SMS CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are “1” and “ALL”(only for DELETE operation). DP SMS Collectedinformation. This parameter is valid only for CAMELphase 3.

<octdp_number> Originating CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. The value can be “2”, “4” and “ALL” (only forDELETE operation).

<tctdp_number> Terminating CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. The possible values are “12”, “13”, “14” and “ALL”(only for DELETE operation).

<tsmstdp_number>

Terminating SMS CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are "2"(SMSDelivery Request) and "ALL"(only for DELETE

37155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 44: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

operation). This parameter is valid only for CAMELphase 4.

<dstdp_number> Dialled service CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are "1-10" and"ALL"(only for DELETE operation). This parameter isvalid only for CAMEL phase 4.

<gprstdp_number> GPRS CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. Application system dependent parameter, thevalue can be one of following: “1”, “2”, “11”, “12”, “14”and “ALL” (only for DELETE operation).

If GPRSTDP is set in the command, the CAMELsubscription data will be applicable in the GPRSnetwork. This parameter is valid only for CAMEL phase3.

<i_value> Inhibition indicator. Application System dependentparameter. Default value is “N”.

<gsa_address> GSM SCF Address (3-15 digits)

<service_key> Service Key number (0-2147483647)

<deh_value> Default Error Handling value (0-1)

<cch_value> CAMEL Capability Handling. Application systemdependent parameter (possible values are “1” - “4”).

If OCTDP is set as “4” or TCTDP is set as “13” or “14”in the command, or VTTDP/MMTDP is set, CCH canaccept value “3” only. Default value 1 is assigned whenCCH is not present.

If GPRSTDP or OSMSTDP is set in the command, CCHcan accept value 3 only. Default value 3 is assignedwhen CCH is not present.

If DSTDP is set in the command, CCH can accept value3 only. Default value 3 is assigned when CCH is notpresent.

If TSMSTDP is set in the command, CCH can acceptvalue 4 only. Default value 4 is assigned when CCHis not present.

38 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 45: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 32 Changing the Extended CAMEL Data for a Subscriber

<etick> Extended Terminating IN Category Key (0-999)

<etinci> Extended Terminating IN Capability Indicator (0-255)

<eoick> Extended Originating IN Category Key (0-999)

<eoinci> Extended Originating IN Capability Indicator (0-255)

Figure 33 Changing the Optional CAMEL Subscription Data

<gcso> CAMEL Subscription Option when CAMEL phase 1 isnot supported in the interrogating GMSC (0-1).

<sslo> CAMEL Subscription Option Subscriber State andLocation Information (0-1).

39155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 46: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<mcso> MSC/VLR CAMEL Support subscription Option whenCAMEL phase 1 is not supported in the servicingMSC/VLR (0-2).

<mc2so> MSC/VLR CAMEL Support subscription Option whenCAMEL phase 2 is not supported in the servicingMSC/VLR (0-2).

<mc3so> MSC/VLR CAMEL Support subscription Option whenCAMEL phase 3 is not supported in the servicingMSC/VLR (0-2).

<mc4so> MSC/VLR CAMEL Support subscription Option whenCAMEL phase 4 is not supported in the servicingMSC/VLR (0–2).

<gc2so> CAMEL subscription Option when CAMEL phase 2 isnot supported in the interrogating GMSC (0-1).

<gc3so> CAMEL subscription Option when CAMEL phase 3 isnot supported in the interrogating GMSC (0-1).

<gc4so> GMSC/gsmSCF CAMEL Support subscription Optionwhen CAMEL phase 4 is supported in the servicingGMSC/gsmSCF (0–1).

<tif> Translation Information Flag (0-1).

<gprsso> GPRS CAMEL phase3 denied Subscription Option(0-1), Application system dependent parameter.

<osmsso> Originating SMS CAMEL denied Subscription Option(0-2), Application system dependent parameter.

<tsmsso> Terminating SMS CAMEL phase 4 denied subscriptionoption(0-2), Application system dependent parameter.

<mmso> Mobility Management CAMEL denied SubscriptionOption (0-1), Application system dependent parameter.

a To change the subscription data for either one or two or all of the followings:Originating Trigger Detection Points, Terminating Trigger Detection Points,GPRS Trigger Detection Points, Terminating SMS CAMEL subscriptiondata Trigger Detection Point and Dialled service CAMEL subscription dataTrigger Detection Point. This is done per detection point. e.g.,

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:CAMEL,SET,OCTDP,2,

SK,9876:...

The example shows how to change the service key for the OriginatingCAMEL Subscription Data Trigger Detection Point 2 to 9876.

40 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 47: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

b To change the Optional CAMEL Subscription Data. e.g.,

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:CAMEL,SET,OCAMEL,

GCSO,1,MCSO,0,GC2SO,0:...

This request changes the GSM CAMEL Subscription Options. ApplyODB of all incoming calls when no CAMEL phase is supported in theinterrogating GMSC. Allow mobile subscriber’s registration in the servingMSC/VLR without sending any CAMEL data when no CAMEL data isallowed to be sent to the MSC/VLR. Allow call terminating handling withCAMEL phase 1 invocation when CAMEL phase 2 is not supported in theinterrogating GMSC.

c To change the Extended CAMEL Subscription Data. e.g.,

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:CAMEL,SET,ECAMEL,

ETINCI,123,EOICK,9:...

The example above changes the Extended Terminating IN CapabilityIndicator to 123 and the Extended Originating IN Capability Key to 9. Animportant note is that it is only possible to change an Extended OriginatingCAMEL service if an Originating CAMEL Subscription Data TriggerDetection Point is already defined for the subscriber, the same behaviorgoes for the Extended Terminating CAMEL data.

d DEF, DEL and SET requests may occur in any order. e.g.,

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:CAMEL,DEF,OCTDP,2,

GSA,451000000,SK,123,DEH,1,SET,OCAMEL,GCSO,1,

SET,ECAMEL,EOICK,123,DEL,TCTDP,12:...

This example defines an Originating Trigger Detection Point 2, changesthe optional CAMEL data attribute GCSO to 1 and the extended CAMELattribute EOICK to 123. The TCTDP 12 is removed from the subscriptiondata.

Note: It is possible to combine different CAMEL operations in one commandby using the SET, DEL and DEF delimiter. That means it is possible tocombine one ECAMEL, one OCAMEL, one or more OCTDP, TCTDPand GPRSTDP requests in one command.

41155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 48: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.4.3 Deleting CAMEL Subscription Data

Figure 34 Deleting CAMEL Subscription Trigger Detection Points

<octdp_number> Originating CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. The value can be “2”, “4” and “ALL” (“4” onlyavailable in HLR R10, and “ALL” only for DELETEoperation).

<tctdp_number> Terminating CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. The possible values are “12”, “13”, “14” and “ALL”( “13” and “14” are only available in HLR R10, and “ALL”only for DELETE operation).

<gprstdp_number> GPRS CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. Application system dependent parameter, thevalue can be one of following: “1”, “2”, “11”, “12”, “14”and “ALL” (only for DELETE operation).

If GPRSTDP is set in the command, the CAMELsubscription data will be applicable in the GPRSnetwork. This parameter is valid only for CAMEL phase3.

<osmstdp_number>

Originating SMS CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are “1” and “ALL”(only for DELETE operation). DP SMS Collectedinformation. This parameter is valid only for CAMELphase 3.

<mmtdp_number> Mobility Management CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are “0-4” and“ALL” (only for DELETE operation). This parameter isvalid only for CAMEL phase 3.

<vttdp_number> Visitor MSC Terminating CAMEL subscription dataTrigger Detection Point. The possible values are “12”,

42 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 49: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

“13”, “14” and “ALL” (only for DELETE operation). Thisparameter is valid only for CAMEL phase 3.

<tsmstdp_number>

Terminating SMS CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are "2"(SMSDelivery Request) and "ALL"(only for DELETEoperation). This parameter is valid only for CAMELphase 4.

<dstdp_number> Dialled service CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are "1-10" and"ALL"(only for DELETE operation). This parameter isvalid only for CAMEL phase 4.

<cch_value> CAMEL Capability Handling. Application systemdependent parameter (possible values are “1” - “4”).

If OCTDP is set as “4” or TCTDP is set as “13” or “14”in the command, or VTTDP/MMTDP is set, CCH canaccept value “3” only. Default value 1 is assigned whenCCH is not present.

If GPRSTDP or OSMSTDP is set in the command, CCHcan accept value 3 only. Default value 3 is assignedwhen CCH is not present.

If DSTDP is set in the command, CCH can accept value3 only. Default value 3 is assigned when CCH is notpresent.

If TSMSTDP is set in the command, CCH can acceptvalue 4 only. Default value 4 is assigned when CCHis not present.

Figure 35 Deleting CAMEL Conditional Triggering Criteria Data

<dnum> Destination Number expressed as na-nb format wherena can be 0-4 and nb can be 1-15 digits, “*”, “#” or “ALL”(only for DELETE operation).

43155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 50: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<dlgh> Destination number length, the possible values are 1-15or “ALL” (only for DELETE operation).

<ftc> Forwarding Triggering Criteria.

<bs> Basic Service. It is used to define basic servicetriggering criteria, the possible values are “TS11”,“TS61”, “TS62”, “TSD1”, “BS21”, “BS22”, “BS23”,“BS24”, “BS25”, “BS26”, “BS2G”, “BS31”, “BS32”,“BS33”, “BS34”, “BS3G” and “ALL” (only for DELETEoperation).

<bsg> Basic Service Group identifier. it is used to define basicservice triggering criteria, the possible value are “TS10”,“TS60”, “TSD0”, “BS20”, “BS30” and “ALL” (only forDELETE operation).

a The deletion of the CAMEL subscription data is done foreach CAMEL Subscription Data Trigger Detection Point. e.g.,SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:CAMEL,DEL,OCTDP,2:...

b If the parameter OCTDP or TCTDP is used followed by specified ALL, allthe originating or termination CAMEL subscription data of the specifiedphase are removed.

If the parameter GPRSTDP is used followed by specified ALL, all the GPRSCAMEL subscription data are removed.

44 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 51: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.4.4 Displaying CAMEL Subscription Response

45155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 52: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 36 Displaying CAMEL Subscription Response

<mmtdp_number> Mobility Management CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are “0-4” and“ALL” (only for DELETE operation). This parameter isvalid only for CAMEL phase 3. Note that <service_key>and <deh_value> is mandatory when defining thisparameter for the first time.

<vttdp_number> Visitor MSC Terminating CAMEL subscription dataTrigger Detection Point. The possible values are “12”,“13”, “14” and “ALL” (only for DELETE operation). Thisparameter is valid only for CAMEL phase 3.

<osmstdp_number>

Originating SMS CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are “1” and “ALL”(only for DELETE operation). DP SMS Collectedinformation. This parameter is valid only for CAMELphase 3.

<octdp_number> Originating CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. The value can be “2”, “4” and “ALL” (only forDELETE operation).

<tsmstdp_number>

Terminating SMS CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are "2"(SMSDelivery Request) and "ALL"(only for DELETEoperation). This parameter is valid only for CAMELphase 4.

<dstdp_number> Dialled service CAMEL subscription data TriggerDetection Point. The possible values are "1-10" and"ALL"(only for DELETE operation). This parameter isvalid only for CAMEL phase 4.

46 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 53: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<tctdp_number> Terminating CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. The possible values are “12”, “13”, “14” and “ALL”(only for DELETE operation).

<gprstdp_number> GPRS CAMEL subscription data Trigger DetectionPoint. Application system dependent parameter, thevalue can be one of following: “1”, “2”, “11”, “12”, “14”and “ALL” (only for DELETE operation).

If GPRSTDP is set in the command, the CAMELsubscription data will be applicable in the GPRSnetwork. This parameter is valid only for CAMEL phase3.

<i_value> Inhibition indicator. Application System dependentparameter. Default value is “N”.

<dialnum> Dialled number. Expressed as na-dial where:

• na: Nature of address indicator

-0: Unknown

-1, 2: Not used

-3: National number

-4: International number

• dial: Dialled number series.Text string 1 - 15characters. Only digits 0-9, *, #, a, b and c areallowed as characters.

<gsa_address> GSM SCF Address (3-15 digits)

<service_key> Service Key number (0-2147483647)

<deh_value> Default Error Handling value (0-1)

<cch_value> CAMEL Capability Handling. Application systemdependent parameter (possible values are “1” - “4”).

If OCTDP is set as “4” or TCTDP is set as “13” or “14”in the command, or VTTDP/MMTDP is set, CCH canaccept value “3” only. Default value 1 is assigned whenCCH is not present.

If GPRSTDP or OSMSTDP is set in the command, CCHcan accept value 3 only. Default value 3 is assignedwhen CCH is not present.

47155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 54: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

If DSTDP is set in the command, CCH can accept value3 only. Default value 3 is assigned when CCH is notpresent.

If TSMSTDP is set in the command, CCH can acceptvalue 4 only. Default value 4 is assigned when CCHis not present.

<etick> Extended Terminating IN Category Key (0-999)

<etinci> Extended Terminating IN Capability Indicator (0-255)

<eoick> Extended Originating IN Category Key (0-999)

<eoinci> Extended Originating IN Capability Indicator (0-255)

<gcso> CAMEL Subscription Option when CAMEL phase 1 isnot supported in the interrogating GMSC (0-1).

<sslo> CAMEL Subscription Option Subscriber State andLocation Information (0-1).

<mcso> MSC/VLR CAMEL Support subscription Option whenCAMEL phase 1 is not supported in the servicingMSC/VLR (0-2).

<mc2so> MSC/VLR CAMEL Support subscription Option whenCAMEL phase 2 is not supported in the servicingMSC/VLR (0-2).

<mc3so> MSC/VLR CAMEL Support subscription Option whenCAMEL phase 3 is not supported in the servicingMSC/VLR (0-2).

<mc4so> MSC/VLR CAMEL Support subscription Option whenCAMEL phase 4 is not supported in the servicingMSC/VLR (0–2).

<gc2so> CAMEL subscription Option when CAMEL phase 2 isnot supported in the interrogating GMSC (0-1).

<gc3so> CAMEL subscription Option when CAMEL phase 3 isnot supported in the interrogating GMSC (0-1).

<gc4so> GMSC/gsmSCF CAMEL Support subscription Optionwhen CAMEL phase 4 is supported in the servicingGMSC/gsmSCF (0–1).

<tif> Translation Information Flag (0-1).

<gprsso> GPRS CAMEL phase3 denied Subscription Option(0-1), Application system dependent parameter.

48 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 55: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<osmsso> Originating SMS CAMEL denied Subscription Option(0-2), Application system dependent parameter.

<tsmsso> Terminating SMS CAMEL phase 4 denied subscriptionoption(0-2), Application system dependent parameter.

<mmso> Mobility Management CAMEL denied SubscriptionOption (0-2), Application system dependent parameter.

<mty> Match Type, possible values are “E”(Enabling) or “I”(Inhibiting).

<dnum> Destination Number expressed as na-nb format wherena can be 0-4 and nb can be 1-15 digits, “*”, “#” or “ALL”(only for DELETE operation).

<dlgh> Destination number length, the possible values are 1-15or “ALL” (only for DELETE operation).

<ftc> Forwarding Triggering Criteria. The possible values are“N”(Not forwarding) or “F”(Forwarding).

<bs> Basic Service. It is used to define basic servicetriggering criteria, the possible values are “TS11”,“TS61”, “TS62”, “TSD1”, “BS21”, “BS22”, “BS23”,“BS24”, “BS25”, “BS26”, “BS2G”, “BS31”, “BS32”,“BS33”, “BS34”, “BS3G” and “ALL” (only for DELETEoperation).

<bsg> Basic Service Group identifier. it is used to define basicservice triggering criteria, the possible value are “TS10”,“TS60”, “TSD0”, “BS20”, “BS30” and “ALL” (only forDELETE operation).

Example:

RESP:0:RESP:0:MSISDN,22220000:IMSI,11110000:AUTHD,"NO ACCESSTO AUC":CAMEL,TSMSTDP,2,GSA,8888,SK,1234,DEH,1,CCH,4,OCAMEL,GCSO,0,SSLO,0,MCSO,0,GC2SO,0,MC2SO,0,MC3SO,0,MC4SO,0,GC3SO,0,GC4SO,0 GPRSSO,0,OSMSSO,0,TSMSSO,1,MMSO,0,ECAMEL,ETICK,0,ETINCI,0,EOICK,0,EOINCI,0:NAM,1:CAT,10:DBSG,1:OFA,0:PWD,0000:SCHAR,0-0;

6.1.5 Closed User Groups

Closed User Group (CUG) is an Ericsson specific feature that makes it possibleto group a number of subscribers with equal restrictions/possibilities.

49155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 56: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 37 <CUG data> Command

6.1.5.1 Closed User Group Subscription

A subscriber can be a member of up to 10 CUGs. A subscriber can join or forma Closed Used Group. A Closed User Group can have different restrictions fordifferent groups of members.

Each Closed User Group is defined by an unique Interlock Code (IC). Followingrestrictions are possible to attach to the CUG subscription:

a Incoming Calls Barred within CUG (ICB)

b Outgoing Calls Barred within CUG (OCB)

c No restrictions within CUG (NONE)

To create a CUGSUB attribute the following syntax is applied:

Figure 38 Create CUGSUB

<index> CUG Index (0-32767)

<ic> Interlock Code, the value format falls into two parts thatare connected with a "-". The range starts from “0000-0”to “9999-65535”.

<restriction> CUG restriction, can be one of following: “ICB”, “OCB”or “NONE”.

<bsg> Basic Service Group is attached by CUG member ship.It can be one of the following: “BS20”, “BS30”, “TS10”,“TS60” or “TSD0”.

<add_bsg> Add BSG flag, only the default value set (1) could bespecified indicating that BSG is added to the CUG.

50 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 57: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 39 Changing CUGSUB

<index> CUG Index (0-32767)

<restriction> CUG restriction, can be one of following: “ICB”, “OCB”or “NONE”.

<bsg> Basic Service Group is attached by CUG member ship.It can be one of the following: “BS20”, “BS30”, “TS10”,“TS60” or “TSD0”.

<add_bsg> Add BSG flag, if set (1) the specified BSG is added tothe CUG, else if reset (0) the BSG is removed. Defaultvalue is (1).

Figure 40 Deleting CUGSUB

<index> CUG Index (0-32767, ALL)

Figure 41 Combined modified message requests, definition/changing/deletionof CUGSUBs

<index> CUG Index (0-32767)

<ic> Interlock Code, the value format falls into two parts thatare connected with a "-". The range starts from “0000-0”to “9999-65535”.

<restriction> CUG restriction, can be one of following: “ICB”, “OCB”or “NONE”.

51155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 58: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<bsg> Basic Service Group is attached by CUG member ship.It can be one of the following: “BS20”, “BS30”, “TS10”,“TS60” or “TSD0”.

<add_bsg> Add BSG flag, if set (1) the specified BSG will be addedto the CUG, else if reset (0) the BSG will be removed.Default value is (1).

In case of a modifying message request, defining/changing/deleting ofCUGSUBs can be combined in any order.

E.g. SET:HLRSUB:....:CUGSUB,DEF,12,0017–2871,ICB,BS20,DEL,1,DEL38,SET,34,OCB,TS60,0:...

The message response of a request to display a subscriber contains theCUGSUB data in following format:

Figure 42 Displaying a Subscriber Response

<index> CUG Index (0-32767)

<ic> Interlock Code, the value format falls into two parts thatare connected with a "-". The range starts from “0000-0”to “9999-65535”.

<restriction> CUG restriction, can be one of following: “ICB”, “OCB”or “NONE”.

<bsg> Basic Service Group is attached by CUG member ship.It can be one of the following: “BS20”, “BS30”, “TS10”,“TS60” or “TSD0”.

E.g. RESP:0:...:CUGSUB, 12, 0007-98, ICB, BS20, TS20, 78, 0089-457,OCB, TS10:...

6.1.5.2 Closed User Group BSG options

It is possible to change an HLR subscriber‘s CUG Basic Service Group optionsvia the attribute CUG. The options that can be attached to a CUG BSG are:

a Access, determines the specific access for a BSG. Can be one of following:- Outgoing Access (OA) - Incoming Access (IA) - Outgoing and IncomingAccess (OIA) - No access (NONE)

b Preferential CUG index, determines the default CUG to be used by thenetwork when no explicit CUG index is received from the mobile subscriber.

The CUG BSG options argument syntax is defined as follows:

52 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 59: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 43 Closed User Group options

<access> Access attribute, can be: “OA”, “IA”, “OIA” or “NONE”.

<pcug> Preferential CUG index (0-32767, NONE)

<bsg> Basic Service Group, can be one of the following:“TS10”, “TS60”, “TSD0”, “BS20”, “BS30”.

A CUG BSG options set can be used in an ordinary CREATE/SET operation,e.g., SET:HLRSUB:...:CUG, IA, TS10, OA, 76, TS60:...

The message response of a request to display a subscription contains theCUG data in following format:

Figure 44 CUG Response

<prov> The provision state (0-1) of the Closed User GroupBSG options. If set to zero, the other values will notbe displayed.

<access> Access attribute, can be: “OA”, “IA”, “OIA” or “NONE”.

<pcug> Preferential CUG index (0-32767, NONE)

<bsg> Basic Service Group, can be one of the following:“TS10”, “TS60”, “TSD0”, “BS20”, “BS30”.

6.1.6 Mobility Management Related IN Triggering

Figure 45 Defining Mobility Management Related IN Triggering data

<detection_point> The detection point which should be triggered (0-1)

<gsa_address> The GSM SCF address which points out the SCF node(5-15 digits)

53155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 60: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<service_key> The service key value which points out the IN service inthe SCF node. (0-2147483647)

<act_value> Activate/deactivate the Mobility Management RelatedIN Trigger data for a specific Detection Point (0-1).

Figure 46 Changing data for a Mobility Management Related IN TriggerDetection Point

<detection_point> The detection point which should be triggered. (0-1)

<gsa_address> The GSM SCF address which points out the SCF node.(5-15 digits)

<service_key> The service key value which points out the IN service inthe SCF node. (0-2147483647)

<act_value> Activate/deactivate the Mobility Management RelatedIN Trigger data for a specific Detection Point. (0-1)

Figure 47 Deleting Mobility Management Related IN Trigger data

<detection_point> The detection point which should be triggered. (0-1)

Figure 48 Displaying subscription Mobility Management Related IN Triggerresponse

<detection_point> The detection point which should be triggered. (0-1)

<gsa_address> The GSM SCF address which points out the SCF node.(5-15 digits)

<service_key> The service key value which points out the IN service inthe SCF node. (0-2147483647)

<act_value> Activate/deactivate the Mobility Management RelatedIN Trigger data for a specific Detection Point. (0-1)

54 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 61: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.6.1 Defining a Mobility Management Related IN Trigger

a When defining the Mobility Management Related IN Trigger data, theDetection Point, the GSM SCF address and the service key has to beprovided in the request. e.g.,

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:MOBINT,DEF,DP,1,

GSA,491000000,SK,12345:...

This example defines a Mobility Management Related IN Trigger on theDetection Point 1 for the subscriber with MSISDN 46455381234. The GSMSCF address to the IN service is 491000000 and the Service Key is 12345.

6.1.6.2 Changing Mobility Management Related IN Trigger data

a It is possible to change the Mobility Management Related IN Trigger datawhich should be used for a specific Detection Point, it is also possible toactivate/deactivate a specific Detection Point. e.g.,

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:MOBINT,

SET,DP,1,SK,565656,ACT,1:...

The Mobility Management Related IN Trigger data which points out the INservice that should be used when Detection Point 1 is triggered will pointon the new Service Key value 565656 and will be activated.

6.1.6.3 Deleting Mobility Management Related IN Trigger data

a The deletion of the Mobility Management Related IN Trigger data is doneby using the Detection Point as an identifier. e.g.,

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:MOBINT,DEL,DP,1:...

This example removes the Mobility Management Related IN Trigger datafor Detection Point 1.

6.1.7 Removing References Of IMSI Change-over

If the Change-over procedure (see Section 8.1 on page 151) is in the state‘Executed’ or ‘Forced’ the new IMSI is being in operation but the reference tothe old IMSI is still being kept. This reference can be removed to complete thewhole procedure and to free the old IMSI for further usage. If the Change-overprocedure is not in the state ‘Executed’ or ‘Forced’ this request fails.

A delete associated old IMSI argument is defined as follows:

Assoc old IMSI = ASSOCOLDIMSI, DEL

55155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 62: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

This argument can only be assigned to a SET operation, e.g.,SET:HLRSUB:.....:ASSOCOLDIMSI, DEL:...;

6.1.8 GPRS

GPRS is a set of GSM phase 2+ bearer services that allows subscribers tosend and receive data in an end-to-end packet transfer mode. It enablesefficient use of network resources for packet mode data applications that exhibitcharacteristics such as non-periodic data transmission, frequent transmissionof small volumes of data or infrequent transmission of larger volumes of data.The permanent subscriber data for a GPRS subscription is stored in the HLR.A Network Access Mode (NAM) decides what type of network access thesubscriber has. It can be:

• Access to non-GPRS network only

• Access to GPRS network only

• Access to both non-GPRS network and GPRS network

The GPRS subscription data is handled in the HLRSUB MO in EMA. Todifferentiate the GPRS data from non-GPRS as well as to provide a future-proofsolution, two tags are defined: GPRS, starting tag of all GPRS subscriptiondata and PDPCONTEXT, starting tag of the contents of PDP context. Belowthe syntax of GPRS subscription data administration is described. Definition ofattributes and their value is described in Table 2 on page 84.

56 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 63: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.8.1 Syntax of Defining GPRS Subscription Data

Figure 49 Defining GPRS Subscription Data

<apnid> Access Point Name Identifier (integer 0-16383 or NS).

<pdpadd > Packet Data Protocol ADDress (IPaddress).

<pdpid> Subscriber PDP Context Identifier.

<vpaa> Visited Public land mobile network Address Allowed(0-1).

<eqosid> Extended Quality Of Service Identifier (integer 0-4095).

<pdpty> PDP Context Type, possible values are: “IPV4”, “IPV6”or “PPP” (IPV6 can only be used in HLR R10 and HLRR11).

<pdpch> PDP Context Charging Characteristics, the format ofthis parameter is “pdppi[-pdpgb]” where pdppi is PDPcontext Profile Index (integer 0-15), and the optionalvalue pdpgb is PDP context GSN Behavior index(integer 0–4095).

57155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 64: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Creating a subscriber with only GPRS Subscription data:

CREATE:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:IMSI,12345678933333:NAM,2:

TSMO,0:GPRS,DEF,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,1,PDPADD,136.225.1.1,EQOSID,

1,PDPCH,1,PDPTY,IPV4,DEF,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,2,EQOSID,2,

PDPCH,2,PDPTY,PPP,VPAA,0,DEF,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,2047,

PDPADD,136.225.1.2,EQOSID,4095,PDPCH,15,VPAA,1;

Creating a subscriber with both GPRS and non-GPRS Subscription data:

CREATE:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:IMSI,12345678933333:

AMSISDN,DEF,46455381235,9:CAT,10:CAW,1:NAM,0:TSMO,1:GPRS,

DEF,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,1,PDPADD,136.225.1.1,EQOSID,1,PDPCH,1,

PDPTY,IPV4,DEF,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,2,PDPCH,2,PDPTY,PPP,

VPAA,0,DEF,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,2047,PDPADD,

136.225.1.2,EQOSID,4095,PDPCH,15,VPAA,1;

6.1.8.2 Syntax of Setting GPRS Subscription Data

Note: The Set operation for GPRS Subscription data can only be used inHLR with version R11.

Figure 50 Setting GPRS Subscription Data

<apnid> Access Point Name Identifier (integer 0-16383 or NSor WILDCARD).

<pdpadd > Packet Data Protocol ADDress (IPaddress) or “ERASE”.

<pdpid> Subscriber PDP Context Identifier.

58 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 65: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<vpaa> Visited Public land mobile network Address Allowed(0-1).

<eqosid> Extended Quality Of Service Identifier (integer 0-4095).

<pdpty> PDP Context Type, possible values are: “IPV4”, “IPV6”or “PPP” (IPV6 can only be used in HLR R10 and HLRR11).

<pdpch> PDP Context Charging Characteristics, the format ofthis parameter is “pdppi[-pdpgb]” where pdppi is PDPcontext Profile Index (integer 0-15), and the optionalvalue pdpgb is PDP context GSN Behaviour index(integer 0–4095). It can also be “ERASE”.

Examples:

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,22220000:GPRS,SET,PDPCONTEXT,PDPID,1,APNID,1,PDPADD,1.1.1.1,EQOSID,1,PDPCH,1-1,PDPTY,IPV4,VPAA,0;

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,22220000:GPRS,SET,PDPCONTEXT,PDPID,1,APNID,WILDCARD,PDPCH,ERASE,PDPADD,ERASE;

6.1.8.3 Syntax of Deleting GPRS Subscription Data

Figure 51 Deleting GPRS Subscription Data

Note: In order to identify an unique PDP context, both APNID and PDPADDmust be given. If static PDP addressing is used and PDPADD is notgiven at deletion, all the PDP contexts matching the APNID will beaffected.

<apnid> Access Point Name Identifier, possible values are“0-16383”, “NS” (Not Subscribed) or “ALL” (All APNassigned to the subscriber only used when deletingPDP context(s)).

<pdpadd> Packet Data Protocol ADDress (IPaddress).

<pdpid> Subscriber PDP context identifier.

Deleting GPRS Subscription data matching one APNID and one PDPADD:

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:GPRS,DEL, PDPCONTEXT,APNID,1,PDPADD,136.225.1.1;

59155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 66: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Deleting GPRS Subscription data for all PDP contexts matching one APNID:

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234 :GPRS,DEL,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,1;

Deleting all GPRS Subscription data for a subscriber:

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234: GPRS,DEL,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,ALL;

6.1.8.4 Syntax of Retrieved GPRS Subscription Data

Figure 52 Responses of Displaying GPRS Subscription Data

PDPCONTEXT Start the definition for sub MO PDPCONTEXT.

<apnid> Access Point Name Identifier (integer 0-16383 or “NS”).

<pdpadd> Packet Data Protocol ADDress (IPaddress).

<vpaa> Visited Public land mobile network Address Allowed(0-1).

<eqosid> Extended Quality Of Service Identifier (integer 0-4095).

<pdpty> PDP Context Type, possible values are: “IPV4”, “IPV6”or “PPP” (IPV6 can only be used in HLR R10).

<pdpch> PDP Context Charging Characteristics, the format ofthis parameter is “pdppi[-pdpgb]” where pdppi is PDPcontext Profile Index (integer 0-15), and the optionalvalue pdpgb is PDP context GSN Behaviour index(integer 0–4095).

<pdpid> Subscriber PDP Context Identifier.

60 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 67: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.9 Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC) Address

Gateway Mobile Location Center is the PLMN node that interfaces to locationapplications which request GSM Location Services (LCS) for a specificsubscriber. The GMLC can perform location application authorizations tocheck the validity of the requesting application. There is wide range of locationapplications for the geographical positioning services, such as positioning ofvehicles for transport and taxi companies, positioning of emergency calls,positioning of stolen vehicles, detection of hot spots for micro-cells and so on.

6.1.9.1 Define Subscriber GMLC Address

Figure 53 DEFINE Subscriber GMLC Address

<gmlcid> GMLC Address identifier (0~255)

<hgmlcid> Home GMLC address identifier (0~255)

<pprid> Privacy Profile register address identifier (0~255)

a A mobile subscriber in the HLR can be assigned GMLC address.

CREATE:HLRSUB:IMSI,12345678933333:MSISDN,3417429013:

GMLCA,DEF,GMLCID,33:...

GMLC address with identifier 33 is assigned to the mobile subscriber withMSISDN 3417429013.

Note: Up to 5 GMLC addresses can be assigned to a mobile subscriber.

61155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 68: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.9.2 Delete Subscriber GMLC Address

Figure 54 DELETE Subscriber GMLC Address

<gmlcid> GMLC Address identifier (0~255 or “ALL”)

a A mobile subscriber’s GMLC address data previously defined can beremoved in the HLR.

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,49513789000:GMLCA,DEL,PPRID;

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,49513789000:GMLCA,DEL,HGMLCID;

GMLC address with identifier 125 is removed from the GMLC addresses ofthe mobile subscriber with MSISDN 3417429013.

Note: It is possible to remove all GMLC addresses for a mobile subscriberwhen GMLCID takes a value ALL.

6.1.9.3 Display Subscriber GMLC Address Response

Figure 55 Display Subscriber GMLC Address Response

<gmlcid> GMLC Address identifier (0~255)

<gmlcadd> GMLC address data (3~15 digits)

<hgmlcid> Home GMLC address identifier (0~255)

<hgmlcAdd> Home GMLC Address

<pprid> Privacy profile register address identifier (0~255)

62 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 69: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<pprAdd> Privacy Profile Register Address

6.1.10 Location Services(LOCSERVICES)

Location Services are services related to the location of subscribers in thePLMN. For example, universal type service, related call service, unrelated callservice, related operator privacy and so on.

Figure 56 Defining, Changing and Deleting Subscriber Location Services data

<prov> “0” not activated; “1” activated.

<intidlist> Internal Identity List value. List of one or more types ofLOCSERVICES clients that are allowed to locate themobile subscriber. To add value, use “+0”, “+1”, “+2”,“+3”, “+4”, to remove value, use “-0”, “-1”, “-2”, “-3”, “-4”.

63155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 70: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<mocllist> LOCSERVICES Mobile Originating Class List, thepossible values are “+ASL”, “+BSL”, “+TTP” in definition,and “-ASL”, “-BSL”, “-TTP” or “-ALL” in deletion.

<eadd> External LOCSERVICES client Address (3-15 digits)

<gres> Restriction on the Gateway mobile location centre(0,1,9)

<notf> Location request restriction related to the Notification tothe mobile subscriber (0-4, default is 0)

<isCREL> 1, CREL; 0, CUNRL (default is 0)

<servt> Service Type. List of one or more service types forwhich an LCS client is allowed to locate the mobilesubscriber. 0-11 or 64-127.

0 Emergency services

1 Emergency alert services

2 Person tracking

3 Fleet management

4 Asset management

5 Traffic congestion reporting

6 Roadside assistance

7 Routing to nearest commercial enterprise

8 Navigation

9 City sightseeing

10 Localized advertising

11 Mobile yellow pages

64-127 Operator specific service types

ALL All service (only used in DEL sub-operation).

6.1.10.1 Defining Subscriber Location Services Data

a External Location Services data for a mobile subscriber can be defined.

CREATE:HLRSUB:IMSI,12345678933333:MSISDN,12345678:

64 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 71: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

LOCSERVICES,SET,MOCLLIST,+ASL,+BSL,

DEF,EADD,333,SET,SERVT,1,GRES,1,NOTF,1...

The External LOCSERVICES client address 333 and the LOCSERVICESmobile originating classes ASL and BSL for the mobile subscriber withMSISDN 12345678 are defined.

6.1.10.2 Changing Subscriber Location Services Data

a Location Services classes data for a mobile subscriber can be changed.

SET:HLRSUB:IMSI,12345678933333:MSISDN,12345678:

LOCSERVICES,SET,CREL,1,NOTF,1:...

Location request restriction for the call related privacy class already definedfor the subscriber with MSISDN 12345678 is changed to location requestallowed with notification.

6.1.10.3 Deleting Subscriber Location Services Data

a Location Services calsses data for a mobile subscriber can be removed.

SET:HLRSUB:IMSI,12345678933333:MSISDN,12345678:

LOCSERVICES,DEL,EADD,333,CREL,1...

Call related Location Services privacy class for the mobile subscriber withMSISDN 12345678 and external LOCSERVICES address 333 is ended.

65155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 72: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.10.4 Displaying Subscriber Location Services Data Response

Figure 57 Displaying Subscriber LCOSERVICES Data Response

<prov> “0”, not activated; “1” activated.

<intidlist> Internal Identity List value (0-4)

<mocllist> LCS Mobile Originating Class List value (ASL, BSL,TTP)

<eadd> External LOCSERVICES client Address (3-15 digits)

<gres> Restriction on the Gateway mobile location centre(0,1,9)

<notf> Location request restriction related to the Notification tothe mobile subscriber. (0-4, default in 0)

<isCREL> 1, CREL; 0, CUNRL (default is 0)

<servt> Service Type. List of one or more service types forwhich an LCS client is allowed to locate the mobilesubscriber. 0-11 or 64-127.

0 Emergency services

1 Emergency alert services

2 Person tracking

66 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 73: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

3 Fleet management

4 Asset management

5 Traffic congestion reporting

6 Roadside assistance

7 Routing to nearest commercial enterprise

8 Navigation

9 City sightseeing

10 Localized advertising

11 Mobile yellow pages

64-127 Operator specific service types

ALL All service (only used in DEL sub-operation).

6.1.11 Spatial Trigger Support (SPATIALTRIGGER)

Spatial Trigger data is new feature in HLR R11 and it defines spatial triggersevent associated to a GMLC address identifier for a mobile subscriber in theHome Location Register (HLR).

Note: Spatial Trigger is only supported in HLR version 11 and higher.

6.1.11.1 Syntax of Define/Change/Delete Subscriber Spatial Trigger Data

Figure 58 Syntax of Define/Change/Delete Subscriber Spatial Trigger Data

<ste> Spatial triggers event. Numeral 0-15.

<gmlcid> Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC) addressidentifier. Numeral 0-255.

Examples:

...:SPATIALTRIGGER,DEF,STE,12,GMLCID,200:...

...:SPATIALTRIGGER,SET,STE,12,GMLCID,201:...

67155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 74: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.11.2 Syntax of Retrieved Subscriber Spatial Trigger Data

Figure 59 Syntax of Retrieved Subscriber Spatial Trigger Data

<ste> Spatial triggers event. Numeral 0-15.

<gmlcid> Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC) addressidentifier. Numeral 0-255.

<gmlcat> Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC) address.

Example:

RESP:0:...:SPATIALTRIGGER,STE,12,GMLCID,200,GMLCA,49101924113:...

6.1.12 SMS Spam Control

SMS Spam control is a new feature in HLR R12. It prevents not desired SMSfrom reaching the subscriber.

6.1.12.1 Syntax of Define and Delete Subscriber SMS Data

Figure 60 Syntax of DEFINE and DELETE Subscriber SMS Spam Data

<scAdds> Short Message Service Centre (SMSC) address series.

6.1.12.2 Syntax of Retreived Subscriber SMS Spam Data

Figure 61 Syntax of Retreived Subscriber Spam Data

<active> Active status

<scAdds> Short Message Service Centre (SMSC) address series

68 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 75: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.1.13 Multiple SIM

Multiple SIM is a new feature in HLR R12. It defines multiple subscription datain the HLR. Up to four International Mobile Subscriber Identity Series (IMSIS)could be linked to a master subscription.

6.1.13.1 Syntax of Define, Set and Delete Subscriber Multiple SIM data

Figure 62 Syntax of DEFINE, SET and DELETE Subscriber Multiple SIM Data

Note: MCH is provided only once, that is when the Multiple SIM (MSIM) isdefined for the first time and not provided later on. Definition of MCH inDEF will result in MSIM initialization.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be defined.

<mch> The Mobile Charge Rate Order number

<acImsi> Active IMSI

<mMsisdn> Master MSISDN

6.1.13.2 Syntax of Retreived Subscriber Multiple SIM Data

Figure 63 Syntax of Retreived Subscriber Multiple SIM Data

<active> Active Status

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be defined.

<mch> The Mobile Charge Rate Order number

6.2 Customers Service Orders (CSO)

Note: The parameter sequence in CAI command is independent of theparameter sequence in MML command.

69155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 76: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.2.1 HLRSUB - CREATE

Subscriber Data may be assigned values according to Section 6.3 on page 83.The subscriber is set in-service upon definition.

6.2.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 64 CREATE Command

<transaction_id> The transaction Id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to be defined.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be defined.

<neDestAddress> Network Element Destination Address.

<profile> The profile containing the data that should be copied tothe new subscription, see Section 6.1.2 on page 29.

<Subscriber data> See Section 6.1.1 on page 25.

<GPRS data> See Section 6.1.8 on page 56.

70 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 77: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<AMSISDN data> See Section 6.1.3 on page 31.

<CUG data> See Section 6.1.5 on page 49.

<CAMEL data> See Section 6.1.4 on page 32.

<MOBINT data> See Section 6.1.6 on page 53.

<GMLCA data> See Section 6.1.9 on page 61.

<LOCSERVIECSdata>

See Section 6.1.10 on page 63.

<prbt> Personal ring back tone. 0 for disabling PRBT support,and 1 for enabling PRBT support.

<SMSSPAM data> See Section 6.1.12 on page 68.

<MULTISIM data> See Section 6.1.13 on page 69.

6.2.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 65 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Section 6.5 on page 107 for response codes.

6.2.1.3 Examples

Message request to define a subscription with the following properties:

MSISDN 46455381234

IMSI 12345678933333

PROFILE 1

NAM 0

CAT 2

CFU provided, active for TS10, Forwarded-to num.0241930203

AMSISDN No.46455383456, BC=20

PRBT 1

71155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 78: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

CREATE:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:IMSI,12345678933333:PROFILE,1:NAM,0:GPRS,DEF,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,99,PDPADD,78.54.125.8,EQOSID,4,VPAA,1:CAT,2:CFU,1,1,0241930203,TS10:AMSISDN,DEF,4645538456,20:PRBT,1;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, the MSISDN is already in use: RESP:2;

6.2.2 HLRSUB - SET

Note: If flexible numbering is used in the network it is recommended that IMSIis used in the set request for performance reason.

Note: If both MSISDN and IMSI number is used in a provisioning operationfrom CAS only IMSI will be used in the provisioning operations that issent to the NE and no check will be performed whether the MSISDNand IMSI belongs to the same subscription.

6.2.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 66 SET Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the SET provisioning operation.

72 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 79: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to be modified.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be modified.

<neDestAddress> Network Element Destination Address.

<profile> The profile of which data should be copied to thesubscription, see Section 6.1.2 on page 29.

<Subscriber data> See Section 6.1.1 on page 25.

<GPRS data> See Section 6.1.8 on page 56.

<AMSISDN data> See Section 6.1.3 on page 31.

<CUG data> See Section 6.1.5 on page 49 .

<Assoc old IMSI> See Section 6.1.7 on page 55.

<CAMEL data> See Section 6.1.4 on page 32.

<MOBINT data> See Section 6.1.6 on page 53.

<LOCSERVICESdata>

See Section 6.1.10 on page 63.

<prbt> Personal ring back tone. 0 for disabling PRBT support,and 1 for enabling PRBT support.

<SMSSPAM data> See Section 6.1.12 on page 68.

<MULTISIM data> See Section 6.1.13 on page 69.

6.2.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 67 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the SET provisioning operation.

<resp_code> See Section 6.5 on page 107 for response codes.

6.2.2.3 Examples

Message request to modify the following attributes of the subscription withMSISDN 46455381234:

CFU Not active for TS10, keep Forwarded-to number as0241930203

73155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 80: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

CFNRC Not active for TS10, keep the original Forwarded-tonumber

CFNRY Active for all Basic Services, Forwarded-to number0241930203

BAOC provided

AMSISDN Delete no.46455380001

AMSISDN Define no.46455380002, BC=20

SET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:CFU,1,0,0241930203,TS10:CFNRC,1,0,KEEP,TS10:CFNRY,1,1,0241930203: BAOC,1:AMSISDN, DEL,46455380001, DEF,46455380002, 20;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, the AMSISDN which shall be deleted isnot defined: RESP:48;

6.2.3 HLRSUB - GET

Subscriber Data parameters may take values as defined in Section 6.3 onpage 83.

It is possible to configure CAI (see System Administrators Guide Ericsson MultiActivation 4.0 File Based) to either:

a Display all Subscriber Data, even not provided services e.g., CFU, 0

b Display only provided Subscriber Data.

Note that some Subscriber Data values may differ from those applicable for thesetting of Subscriber Data. Namely, the differences are:

a The activation status of Supplementary Services, when applicable, mayhave three status:

0 - not active

1 - active operational

2 - active quiescent

b In case of call forwarding services a Forwarded-to number <fnum> isdisplayed if registered. Additionally, for CFNRY the No-reply-time appears.

c The password may have a barred status. If this is the case then it isreturned in the message response as shown in Figure 68 on page 75.

74 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 81: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

d When using the service SOCB it is possible to get one of following values:0-3 (0-1 when setting the service).

Figure 68 Password Response

Note: It is recommended to handle the display request so that CAS will notbe affected by new HLR releases. This can be done by sending onlyused services in the display request. If a full response syntax is used,the results will be different depending on which release of the HLR therequest have been sent to.

Note: If flexible numbering is used in the network it is recommended that IMSIis used in the display request for performance reason.

Note: If both MSISDN and IMSI number is used in a provisioning operationfrom CAS only IMSI will be used in the provisioning operations that issent to the NE and no check will be performed if the MSISDN and IMSIbelongs to the same subscription.

6.2.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 69 GET command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be displayed

<neDestAddress> Network Element Destination Address.

<data_filter> Abbreviated name of the requested Subscriber Data,see section 8 for further details.

75155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 82: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Without any given Data Filter all Subscriber Data will be displayed, otherwiseonly the requested attributes will be displayed. A table of possible SubscriberData parameters can be found in Section 6.3 on page 83.

6.2.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 70 Specified response (request to display a number of specified data)

<resp_code> See Section 6.5 on page 107 for response codes.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number. Is only displayed if the responsecode is equal to 0.

<imsi> The IMSI number. Is only displayed if the responsecode is equal to 0.

<authenticationdata>

The authentication data. Possible values are“AVAILABLE”, “NO IMSI IN AUC”, “NO ACCESS TOAUC”, “STORAGE SHORTAGE”.

<data_id> Abbreviated name of the requested Subscriber Data,see Section 6.4 on page 98 for further details. Is onlydisplayed if the response code is equal to 0.

<data_value> Retrieved value(s). See Section 6.4 on page 98 forvalue formats. Is only displayed if the response codeis equal to 0.

<prbt> Personal ring back tone. 0 for disabling PRBT support,and 1 for enabling PRBT support.

76 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 83: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 71 Complete Response (Request to Display all Data)

<resp_code> See Section 6.5 on page 107 for response codes.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number. The number is only displayed ifthe response code is equal to 0.

<imsi> The IMSI number. The number is only displayed if theresponse code is equal to 0.

<neDestAddress> Network Element Destination Address.

<authenticationdata>

The authentication data. Possible values are“AVAILABLE”, “NO IMSI IN AUC”, “NO ACCESS TOAUC”, “STORAGE SHORTAGE”.

<AMSISDN data> As described in Section 6.1.3 on page 31.

<GPRS data> See Section 6.1.8 on page 56.

<CUG data> See Section 6.1.5 on page 49.

<Subscriber Data> The requested Subscriber Data. See sections 6.1.1and 6.1.4 for syntax. Possible Subscriber Data can befound in Section 6.3 on page 83. Is only displayed if theresponse code is equal to 0.

<CAMEL data> See Section 6.1.4 on page 32.

<MOBINT data> See Section 6.1.6 on page 53.

<GMLCA data> See Section 6.1.9 on page 61.

<LCS data> See Section 6.1.10 on page 63.

77155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 84: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<prbt> Personal ring back tone. 0 for disabling PRBT support,and 1 for enabling PRBT support.

<SMSSPAM data> See Section 6.1.12 on page 68.

<MULTISIM data> See Section 6.1.13 on page 69.

If there is no value attached to a subscriber attribute, only the attribute name isshown, e.g.,

RESP: 0:...: AMSISDN:...;

6.2.3.3 Examples

To display selected data of a subscriber with MSISDN, 46455381234:

GET:HLRSUB:MSISDN,46455381234:AMSISDN:CFU:CFNRC:CFNRY:CCUG:CUGSUB:CAMEL:GMLCA:LCS;

Successful message response from EMA is to display selected data:

RESP: 0: MSISDN, 46455381234: IMSI,12345678933333:AMSISDN,46455381223,20, BS33

:CFU,1,0,TS10,0,TS60:CFNRC,1,0,TS10,0,TS60: CFNRY,1,0,,20,,TS10,0,TS60: CUG, 1, OA, 123, TS10, IA, 321, TS20:

:CUGSUB, 343, 1234-21, ICB, TS10, TS60: CAMEL,OCTDP,2,GSA,

49101924112,SK,0,DEH,0,CCH,1,OCAMEL,GCSO,0,MCSO,0,SSLO,0,GC2SO,0

:GMLCA,GMLCID,125,GMLCADD,345678:LCSD,UNIV,CREL,,NOTF,1,MOCL,BSL;

This describes a subscriber defined in the HLR as follows:

MSISDN 46455381234

IMSI 12345678933333

AMSISDN 46455381223, BC No. 20, BS33

CFU is provided but deactivated for TS10 (Speech) andTS60 (Fax)

CFNRC is provided but deactivated for TS10 (Speech) andTS60 (Fax)

CFNRY is provided but deactivated for TS10 (Speech) andTS60 (Fax)

78 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 85: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

CUG is provided with:

* outcoming access and preferential cug index 123 forTS10 (Speech)

* incoming access and preferential cug index 321 forTS20 (Short message)

CUGSUB is connected with following values:

* index = 343 * interlock code = 1234-21

* Incoming calls barred within the closed user group

* basic service groups = TS10 (Speech) and TS60 (Fax)

CAMEL OCTDP value 2, GSA value 49101924112, SK value 0,DEH value 0, CAMEL phase 1, GCSO value 0, MCSOvalue 0, SSLO value 0, GC2SO value 0, MC2SO value0, TIF value 0.

GMLCA GMLCID value 125, GMLCADD value 345678.

LCSD NOTF value 1, MOCL, basic self location.

PRBT 1.

To display all data of a subscriber with MSISDN 46455381234:

GET:HLRSUB:MSISDN, 46455381234;

Successful message response from EMA is to show all subscriber data:

RESP: 0: MSISDN, 46455381234: IMSI,12345678933333:AUTHD,“NO ACCESS TO AUC” :AMSISDN, 46455381223,20,BS33: AOC,2: BAIC, 1:BAOC,1: BOIEXH,1,1,TS10,1,TS20:BS33,1: CAT,11: CAW,1: CFB,1,0,TS10: CFNRC,1,0,TS10:CFNRY,1,2,46304823310,20, TS10,2,46304823310,20,TS60:CFU,1,1,46101912000,TS10,1,46101912000,TS60: CLIP,1: COLP,1: CUG,1, OA, 123, TS10, IA, 321, TS20: CUGSUB, 343, 1234-21, ICB, TS10,TS60: DBSG,1: HOLD,1: OBOPRE,1: OBOPRI,1: OCSI,1: OFA,1: PWD,0876, BARRED: REGSER, 5678: SOCB,3: SOSDCF,7: TIN,1: TS11,1:TS21,1: TS22,1: TS62,1: VLRID, 3-53463598972: CAMEL,OCTDP,2,GSA,49101924112,SK,0,DEH,0,CCH,1: DEMLPP,2: EMLPP,1: MEMLPP,4:NAM, 2: GPRS,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,1,PDPADD, 136.225.1.1,EQOSID,1,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,2,PDPADD,136.225.1.2,EQOSID,2, VPAA,0,PDPCONTEXT,APNID,2047,PDPADD,136.225.1.2,EQOSID,31,VPAA,1:MOBINT,DP,1,GSA,49100000,SK,12345,ACT,1:PRBT,1;

A display message request containing requests to display some of asubscriber‘s call forwarding and barring services:

79155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 86: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

GET:HLRSUB:MSISDN, 46455381234: CFU: CFB: CFNRY: CFNRC: BAIC:BOIC;

Successful message response: RESP: 0: MSISDN, 46455381234: CFU,1,1:CFB, 1,1, 045574587: CFNRY,0:BAIC, 0: BOIC, 1,1;

This defines an HLR subscriber with following requested data:

MSISDN 46455381234

CFU Provided

CFB Provided and activated with Forwarded-to number045574587

CFNRY Not provided

BAIC Not provided

BOIC Provided and activated

Unsuccessful message response, no subscription with this MSISDN is defined:RESP:14;

6.2.4 HLRSUB - DELETE

Previously defined subscriptions can be deleted together with all dataassociated to the subscription.

Note: If flexible numbering is used in the network it is recommended that IMSIis used in the delete request for performance reason.

Note: If both MSISDN and IMSI number is used in a provisioning operationfrom CAS only IMSI will be used in the provisioning operations that issent to the NE and no check will be performed if the MSISDN and IMSIbelongs to the same subscription.

6.2.4.1 Request Syntax

Figure 72 DELETE Command

80 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 87: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<trans_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to be deleted.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be deleted.

<neDestAddress> Network Element Destination Address.

6.2.4.2 Response Syntax

Figure 73 Response

<trans_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Section 6.5 on page 107 for response codes.

6.2.4.3 Examples

Request to delete the subscription with the MSISDN 46455381234and identify the provisioning operation with the number 12345:DELETE:HLRSUB:TRANSID, 12345:MSISDN, 46455381234;

Successful message response: RESP:TRANSID, 12345: 0;

Unsuccessful message response, no subscription with this MSISDN is defined:RESP:TRANSID, 12345: 14;

6.2.5 HLRMWINFO - GET

The CSO can print out all service center address stored in the message datawaiting list for the given subscriber.

6.2.5.1 Request Syntax

Figure 74 GET command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be displayed.

81155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 88: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.2.5.2 Response Syntax

Figure 75 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> See Table 24 on page 121.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number is only displayed if the responsecode is 0.

<imsi> The IMSI number is only displayed if the response codeis 0.

<mce> Mobile station memory capacity exceeded. It can onlybe one of the following two values:

YES: indicates the mobile station memory capacity isexceeded

NO: indicates the mobile station memory is notexceeded

<mnr> Mobile station not reachable, only applicable in HLRR9 or earlier, It can only be one of the following threevalues:

NO: mobile station is reachable

MSC: mobile station not reachable through the MobileSwitch Centre(MSC)

SGSN: mobile station not reachable through the ServingGeneral Packet Radio Service Support Node

<mnrf> Mobile station not reachable, only applicable in HLRR9.1 or later, It can only be one of the following twovalues:

82 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 89: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

REACH: mobile station is reachable

NREACH: mobile station not reachable through theMobile Switch Centre(MSC)

<mnrg> Mobile station not reachable through the ServingGeneral Packet Radio Service Support Node, onlyapplicable in HLR R9.1 or later, It can only be one ofthe following two values:

REACH: mobile station is reachable

NREACH: mobile station not reachable through theMobile Switch Centre(MSC)

<scadd> Service Center(sc) address, expressed as na-ai where

na: Nature of address indicator (3 = National, 4 =International)

ai: Address information

6.2.5.3 Examples

GET:HLRMWINFO:MSISDN,3344556677;

All service center addresses contained in the message waiting data listcorresponding to the subscriber whose MSISDN is 3344556677 are printed.

RESP:0:MSISDN,3344556677:MCE,YES:MNR,MSC:SCADD,3-121212,4-232323;

or:

RESP:14; MSISDN not defined.

6.3 Request and Response Parameters

Use Case specifies in which cases the parameter can be applied:

C - (Create) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment iscreated.

S - (Set) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment is modified.

D - (Delete) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment isdeleted.

G - (Get) Parameter can take a value in the Get request for retrieving asubscription/equipment.

83155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 90: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

F - (Filter) Parameter can be used as filter in a Get request to indicate that wewant to retrieve the current value of this parameter.

R - (Returned) Parameter may be returned with a value in the answer to a Getrequest (depends on request issued and filter specified).

If a certain parameter is belonging to a Sub-MO the use case could also showin which sub-operation(s) the parameter can be used:

c - (Define, (create)) Parameter can be used in a DEF sub-operation.

s - (Set) Parameter can be used in a SET sub-operation.

d - (Delete) Parameter can be used in a DEL sub-operation.

These three sub-operation use case identifiers (c, s, d) will always appeardirectly after a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows whichsub-operations that are allowed in corresponding main operation.

If a certain parameter is belonging to a list value which can be seen as asimplified sub-MO the use case could also show in which sub-operation(s)the parameter can be used:

+ Parameter as a value can be added to a list attribute.

- Parameter as a value can be deleted from a list attribute.

These two sub-operation use case identifiers (+, -) will always appear directlyafter a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows which sub-operationsthat are allowed in corresponding main operation.

For example, use case: "CcScsdR" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed in a DEF sub-operation, in Set the parameter is allowedin DEF, SET or DEL sub-operation, in Delete it is not allowed at all and theparameter may be returned in the answer to a Get request.

For example, use case: "C+S-R" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed to be added to a list attribute, in a Set operation theparameter is allowed to be deleted from a list attribute and the parameter maybe returned in the answer to a Get request.

For further details about the HLR subscription parameter, see Home TranslationFunctions Changeable Exchange Adaption (HTRAN). The parameter/valuesare valid for all supported versions of actual NE type if otherwise is not statedin the tables.

Table 2 HLR Subscription Parameters

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

ACC 0-2(included in R7) CSRF

84 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 91: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

ACR 0–20 = not provided1 = provided not active2 = provided and active

CSRF

ARD 0 = UTRAN / GERAN access allowed1 = UTRAN access not allowed2 = GERAN access not allowed

CSRF

ASSOCOLDIMSI

DEL S

AMSISDN 5-15 digits CSRF

BearerCapability: 0-1, 9-65534

AOC 0-2 CSRF

AUTHD “AVAILABLE”, “NO IMSI IN AUC”, “NOACCESS TO AUC”, “STORAGE SHORTAGE”

RF

BAIC provision: 0-1 CSRF

activation:0-1

BSG:TS10, TS20, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

BAOC provision: 0-1 CSRF

activation:0-1

BSG:TS10, TS20, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

BICRO provision: 0-1 CSRF

(excluded inGSM1900)

activation:0-1

BSG:TS10, TS20, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

BOIC provision: 0-1 CSRF

(excluded inGSM1900)

activation:0-1

BSG:TS10, TS20, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

BOIEXH provision: 0-1 CSRF

(excluded inGSM1900)

activation:0-1

BSG:TS10, TS20, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

BS21 0-1 CSRF

BS22 0-1 CSRF

BS23 0-1 CSRF

BS24 0-1 CSRF

BS25 0-1 CSRF

85155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 92: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

BS26 0-1 CSRF

BS2F 0-5 CSRF

BS2G 0-1 CSRF

BS31 0-1 CSRF

BS32 0-1 CSRF

BS33 0-1 CSRF

BS34 0-1 CSRF

BS3F 0-4 CSRF

BS3G 0-1 CSRF

CAMEL CSRF

- CCH 1-4 CcScsdR

- DEH 0-1 CcScsR

- DIALNUM Dialled number. Expressed as na-dialwhere:na Nature of address indicator-0 Unknown-1,2 Not used-3 National number-4 International numberdial Dialled number series. Text string 1 - 15characters. Only digits 0-9, *, #, a, b and c areallowed as characters.

CcScsdR

- DSTDP 1-10, ALL(in DELETE only), this parameter isonly available in HLR R11 or later

CcScsdR

- GSA 3-15 digits CcScsR

- I Y/N CcScsR

- MMTDP 0-4, ALL(in DELETE only) (this parameter isincluded in R10)

CcScsdR

- VTTDP 12, 13, 14, ALL(in DELETE only) (thisparameter is included in R10)

CcScsdR

- SK 0-2147483647 CcScsR

- OCTDP 2, 4 (4 is only available in HLR R10) CcScsdR

- TCTDP 12, 13, 14 (13 and 14 is only available in HLRR10)

CcScsdR

- GPRSTDP 1, 2, 11, 12, 14, ALL(in DELETE only), thisparameter is only available in R9.0 or later

CcScsdR

- OSMSTDP 1, ALL(in DELETE only), this parameter isonly available in R9.1 or later

CcScsdR

86 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 93: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

- TSMSTDP 2, ALL(in DELETE only), this parameter isonly available in HLR R11 or later

CcScsdR

- ECAMEL Composite Parameter SsR

- - EOICK 0-999 SsR

- - EOINCI 0-255 SsR

- - ETICK 0-999 SsR

- - ETINCI 0-255 SsR

- OCAMEL Composite Parameter SsR

- - GCSO 0-1 SsR

- - GC2SO 0-1 SsR

- - GC3SO 0-1 (included in R10) SsR

- - GC4SO 0-1 SsR

- - GPRSSO 0-1 (this parameter is only available in R9.1or later)

SsR

- - OSMSSO 0-2 (this parameter is only available in R9.1or later)

SsR

- - MCSO 0-2 SsR

- - MC2SO 0-2 SsR

- - MC3SO 0-2 (included in R10) SsR

- - MC4SO 0–2 SsR

- - MMSO 0-1 (included in R10) SsR

- - SSLO 0-1 SsR

- - TSMSSO 0-2 (included in HLR R11 or later version) SsR

- - TIF 0-1 SsR

- CCAMEL Composite Parameter (This parameter is onlyavailable in HLR R10)

SsR

- - BS TS11, TS61, TS62, TSD1, BS21, BS22,BS23, BS24, BS25, BS26, BS2G, BS31,BS32, BS33, BS34, BS3G, ALL(in DELETEonly)

cd

- - BSG TS10, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30, ALL cd

- - DLGH 1-15, ALL(in DELETE only) (this parameter isincluded in R10)

SsdR

- - DNUM format: na-nb, ALL (in DELETE only)na: (0-4)nb: 1-15 digits or * or #

SsdR

- - FTC N (Not forwarding) or F (forwarding) cd

87155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 94: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

- - MTY E or I SsR

CAPL 0-15 CSRF

CAT 0-13, 15, 224-254 CSRF

CAW provision: 0-1 CSRF

activation: 0-1

BSG: TS10, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

CFB provision: 0-1 CSRF

activation: 0-1, 0-2 (when displaying asubscriber)

Forwarded-to number: 1-18 digits

OFA:OFA-<0-511>

Subaddress: expressed as a-b, where a is 0,1or 2 and b is 2-40 hexadecimal octets in pair

BSG:TS10, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

CFNRC provision: 0-1 CSRF

activation: 0-1, 0-2 (when displaying asubscriber)

Forwarded-tonumber: 1-18 digits

OFA:OFA-<0-511>

Subaddress: expressed as a-b, where a is 0,1 or 2 and b is 2-40 hexadecimal octets in pair

BSG:TS10, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

CFNRY provision: 0-1 CSRF

activation: 0-1, 0-2 (when displaying asubscriber)

Forwarded-to number: 1-18 digits

No-reply-time: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30

OFA:OFA-<0-511>

Subaddress: expressed as a-b where a is 0,1or 2 and b is 2-40 hexadecimal octets in pair

BSG:TS10, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

CFU provision: 0-1 CSRF

activation:0-1, 0-2 (when displaying asubscriber)

Forwarded-to number: 1-18 digits

OFA:OFA-<0-511>

88 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 95: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

Subaddress: expressed as a-b, where a is 0,1or 2 and b is 2-40 hexadecimal octets in pair

BSG: TS10, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

CLIP 0-1 CSRF

CLIR 0-1 CSRF

COLP 0-1 CSRF

COLR 0-1 CSRF

CSP 1-255 CSF

CUG (excludedin GSM1900)

Preferential cug index: 0-32767, NONE CSRF

Access:OA, IA, OIA, NONE

BSG:TS10, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

CUGSUB(excluded inGSM1900)

index: 0-32767 CSRF

ic: 0000-0 to 9999-65535

restriction: ICB, OCB, NONE

BSG: BS20, BS30, TS10, TS60, TSD0

AddBSG flag: 0-1

DBSG 1,3,5,6 CSRF

DCF provision: 0-1 CSRF

activation: 0-1, 0-2 (when displaying asubscriber)

Forwarded-to number: 1-18 digits

No-reply-time: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30

OFA:OFA-<0-511>

Subaddress: expressed as a-b, where a is 0,1or 2 and b is 2-40 hexadecimal octets in pair

BSG: TS10, TS60, TSD0, BS20, BS30

DEMLPP 0-6 CSRF

ECT 0-1 (included in HLR R10) CSRF

EMLPP 0-1 CSRF

GMLCA this parameter is only available in R9 or later CSRF

- GMLCADD 3-15 digits R

- GMLCID 0-255, ALL (only applicated in deletion) CcScdR

- HGMLCADD String R

89155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 96: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

- PPRID 0–255 SsR

- PPRADD String R

GPRCSI 0-1 (this parameter is only available in HLRR9 or later)

R

GPRS CSRF

- PDPCONTEXT

Composive Parameter CcScdR

- - APNID integer 0-16383 or NS = Not Subscribed,or WILDCARD=WILDCARD, ALL = all APNassigned to the subscriber, only used whendeleting PDP context(s).

CcScdR

- - PDPADD IP Address or ERASEFor IPV4:oc1.oc2.oc3.oc4oc1:Numeral 0-255; oc2:Numeral 0-255;oc3:Numeral 0-255; oc4:Numeral 0-255)For IPV6 (included in R10 or later):hex1.hex2.hex3.hex4. hex5.hex6.hex7.hex8hex1: 0000-FFFF hex2: 0000-FFFFhex3: 0000-FFFF hex4: 0000-FFFFhex5: 0000-FFFF hex6: 0000-FFFFhex7: 0000-FFFF hex8: 0000-FFFF

CcScdR

- - PDPID 1-10 *** CcScdR

- - EQOSID integer 0-4095 (this parameter is onlyavailable in HLR R9.1 or later)

CcScR

- - PDPCH format: pdppi[-pdpgb] or ERASEpdppi: 0-15pdpgb: 0-4095This parameter is only available in HLR R9.1or later.[-pdpgb] is only applicable in HLR R10 or later

CcScR

- - PDPTY string (size 3-4), three possible valuesIPV4, IPV6 and PPP (this parameter is onlyavailable in HLR R9.1 or later, IPV6 couldonly be used in HLR R10)

CcScR

- - VPAA 0 = not allowed, 1 = allowed (included in R8or later)

CcScR

HOLD 0-1 CSRF

HPN 0-2 CSRF

ICI 0-1 CSRF

IMSI 6-15 digits CDSGRF

90 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 97: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

IST 0, 15-2550 = subscriber not under IST condition.15-255 = subscriber under IST condition, ISTalert timer in minutes.

CSRF

ISTCSO 0-10 = call allowed when the IST Alert messageis received from G(MSC-VLR).1 = call not allowed when the IST Alertmessage is received from G(MSC-VLR).

CSRF

ISTGSO 0-10 = Service allowed when IST is not supportedin the interrogated GMSC1 = only Operator Determined Barring of allincoming calls when IST is not supported inthe interrogated GMSC.

CSRF

ISTVSO 0-10 = service allowed when IST is not supportedin the serving VLR1 = network induced activation ofsupplementary service Barring of All OutgoingCalls (BAOC) performed when IST is notsupported in the serving VLR.

CSRF

LOCSERVICES (this parameter is only available in HLR R9or later)

CSRF

- CREL 0-1 CsSsR

- - NOTF 0-3 (default is 0, for HLR R9.1 or earlier)0-4 (default is 0, for HLR R10)

CcScsR

- CUNRL 0-1 CsSsR

- - NOTF 0-4 (default is 0) CcScsR

- EADD 3-15 digits CcScdsR

- - GRES 0, 1, 9 CcScsR

- - NOTF 0-3 (default is 0, for HLR R9.1 or earlier)0-4 (default is 0, for HLR R10)

CcScsR

- - CREL 0, CUNRL; 1, CREL (default is 0)This parameter is applicable only in HLR R10.

CcScsR

- isCREL 0, CUNRL; 1, CREL (default is 0) CcScR

- MOCLLIST “+ASL”, “+BSL”, “+TTP” in definition, “-ASL”,“-BSL”, “-TTP”, “-ALL” in deletion.

Cs+Ss+-R

- PLMNO 0-1 CsSsR

- - INTIDLIST “+0”, “+1”, “+2”, “+3”, “+4” in definition, “-0”,“-1”, “-2”, “-3”, “-4” in deletion.

Cs+Ss+-R

- SERVT 0-3 digits. CcScds

91155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 98: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

- - GRES 0, 1, 9 0, 1, 9 CcScsR

- - NOTF 0-3 (default is 0, for HLR R9.1 or earlier)0-4 (default is 0, for HLR R10)

CcScsR

- UNIV 0-1 CsSsR

LOC vlraddress: expressed as na-ai, UNKNOWN,RESTRICTED, or BARRED, where na is 3 or4, ai is up to 20 digits

RF

msrn: up to 15 digits

mscnumber: up to 20 digits

lmsid: 8 digits

sgsnnumber: up to 20 digits

MCA 0-1 CSRF

MEMLPP 0-6 CSRF

MOBINT DP:0-255 CSRF

GSA:3-15 digits

SK:0-2147483647

ACT:0-1

MPTY 0-1 CSRF

MSISDN 5-15 digits CDSGRF

MULTISIM (this parameter is only available in HLR R12or later)

CSRF

- ACIMSI Digit string 6–15, each digit 0–9 Ss

- IMSI 6-15 digits CDSGRF

- MCH 0–1 CcSsR

- MMSISDN Digit string 5–15, each one 0–9 Ss

NAM integer: 0-2 CSRF

0 = both non-GPRS and GPRS

1 = non-GPRS only

2 = GPRS only

KEEP: Retain/Not retain subscriber datarelated to the network, to which access is notallowed.

S

0 = Do not keep subscriber data, default value.

1 = Keep subscriber data.

neDestAddress Each digit is 0–9 or #10–#14. F

OBA 0-1 CS

92 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 99: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

OBCT 0-4 (included in HLR R10) CSRF

OBDCT 0-1 (included in HLR R10) CSRF

OBI 0-2 CSRF

OBMCT 0-1 (included in HLR R10) CSRF

OBO 0-4 CSRF

OBOPRE 0-1 CSRF

OBOPRI 0-1 CSRF

OBP 0-3 (included in HLR R10) CSRF

OBR 0-99 (standard HLR only supports 0-3) CSRF

OBRF 0-5 CSRF

OBSSM 0-1 CSRF

OBZI 0-1 CSRF

OBZO 0-3 CSRF

OCSI 0-1 RF

OFA 0-511 CSRF

OICK 0-999 CSRF

OIN 0-1 CSRF

OSB1 0-1 CSRF

OSB2 0-1 CSRF

OSB3 0-1 CSRF

OSB4 0-1 CSRF

OSMCSI 0-1 R

PAI 0-1 CSRF

PDPCP 1-255 CSF

PICI (excludedin GSM1900)

format a[-b]a: 0-255b: 0-2 (included in R10)

CSRF

PICI2 format: a[-b]a: 0-255b: 0-2 (included in R10)

CSRF

PICI3 format: a[-b]a: 0-255b: 0-2This parameter is only applicable in HLR R10.

CSRF

PROFILE 0-255 CS

PRBT 0, 1 CSR

93155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 100: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

PWD 0000-9999 CSRF

barredstatus: NONE, BARRED (only GET)

RED 0-1 RF

REDMCH 1-2 CSRF

REGSER 0-65534 CSRF

RSA 0-128 (included in R10) CSRF

RTCA 0-1 CSRF

SCHAR format: pdppi[-pdpgb]pdppi: 0-15pdpgb: 0-4095([-pdpgb] is only applicable in HLR R10 andlater)

CSRF

SMSPAM 0-1 CSRF

SMSSPAM (this parameter is only available in HLR R12or later)

CSRF

- SCADDS Digit string 1–15, each one 0–9 CcSsR

- ACTIVE 0–10 = not active1 = active

R

SOCB 0-1, 0-3 (when displaying a subscriber) CSRF

SOCFB 0-3 CSRF

SOCFRC 0-1 CSRF

SOCFRY 0-3 CSRF

SOCFU 0-1 CSRF

SOCLIP 0-1 CSRF

SOCLIR 0-2 CSRF

SOCOLP(excluded inGSM1900)

0-1 CSRF

SODCF 0-3 CSRF

SOSDCF 1-7 CSRF

SPATIALTRIGGER

(this parameter is only available in HLR R11or later)

CSRF

- STE 0-15 CcScdsR

- GMLCID 0-255 cScsR

- GMLCA 0-3 digits R

SPN provision: 0-1 CSRF

94 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 101: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

activation:0-1, 0-2 (when displaying asubscriber)

Forwarded-tonumber: 1-18 digits

OFA:OFA-<0-512>

BSG:TS10

STYPE 0-127 CSRF

TCSI 0-1 R

TEARDOWN 1 S

TICK 0-999 CSRF

TIN 0-1 CSRF

TS11 0-1 CSRF

TS21 0-1 CSRF

TS22 0-1 CSRF

TS61 0-1 CSRF

TS62 0-1 CSRF

TSD1 0-1 RF

TSMO integer: 0-1 CSRF

0 = transfer of SM via the MSC

1 = transfer of SM via the SGSN

VLRID UNKNOWN RF

RESTRICTED

BARRED

3-<nationalVLR address> (up to 16 digits)

4-<internationalVLR address>(up to 16 digits)

DUALSTAT 0-1 R

0 = Subscription is not linked

1 = Subscription is linked

ACTYPE 0-1 SR

0 = location updating

1 = subscriber procedure

** Quality of Service is expressed as rc-dc-pc-pt-mt. See Section 6.3.1 onpage 96.

*** The use of parameter PDPID is dependent of if the HLR has the PDPIDpatch or not. If HLR has the patch installed, PDPID is a mandatory parameterotherwise it is not allowed.

95155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 102: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.3.1 HLR GPRS quality of service parameters

Table 3 RC - Reliability Class

rc Number Description

1 Acknowledged General Packet Radio Service TunnelingProtocol (GTP), Logical Link Control (LLC) and Radio LinkControl (RLC); protected data.

2 Unacknowledged GTP; acknowledged LLC and RLC;protected data.

3 Unacknowledged GTP and LLC; acknowkledged RLC;protected data.

4 Unacknowledged GTP, LLC and RLC; protected data.

5 Unacknowledged GTP, LLC and RLC; unprotected data

Table 4 DC - Delay Classes

dc Number Description

1 Delay class 1

2 Delay class 2

3 Delay class 3

4 Delay class 4

Table 5 PC - Precedence Classes

pc Number Description

1 High priority

2 Normal priority

3 Low priority

Table 6 PT - Peak Throughput

pt Number Description

1 Up to 1000 octet/s

2 Up to 2000 octet/s

3 Up to 4000 octet/s

4 Up to 8000 octet/s

5 Up to 16000 octet/s

6 Up to 32000 octet/s

7 Up to 64000 octet/s

8 Up to 128000 octet/s

9 Up to 256000 octet/s

96 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 103: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Table 7 MT - Mean Throughput

mt Number Description

1 100 octet/h

2 200 octet/h

3 500 octet/h

4 1000 octet/h

5 2000 octet/h

6 5000 octet/h

7 10000 octet/h

8 20000 octet/h

9 50000 octet/h

10 100000 octet/h

11 200000 octet/h

12 500000 octet/h

13 1000000 octet/h

14 2000000 octet/h

15 5000000 octet/h

16 10000000 octet/h

17 20000000 octet/h

18 50000000 octet/h

31 Best effort

6.3.2 HLR Message Waiting Parameters

Table 8 HLR Message Waiting Parameters

Parameters Attribute Values Use Case

MSISDN 5-15 digits GRF

IMSI 6-15 digits GRF

MCE mobile station memory capacity exceeded,should be one of the two values (only in HlrR8Version):YES,NO

RF

MNR mobile station not reachable (only in HLR R9or earlier), should be one of the three values:NO, MSC, SGSM

RF

MNRF mobile station not reachable (only in HLRR9.1 or later), should be one of the twovalues: REACH, NREACH

RF

97155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 104: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute Values Use Case

MNRG mobile station not reachable through SGSN(only in HLR R9.1 or later), should be one ofthe two values: REACH, NREACH

RF

SCADD Service center address list expressed asna-ai.

RF

6.4 HLR Subscriber Data Abbreviations

6.4.1 Bearer Services

Table 9 Bearer Services

SUD Descriptions

BS20 All Data Circuit Asynchronous

BS21 Datacircuit asynchronous 300 baud

BS22 Datacircuit asynchronous 1200 baud

BS23 Datacircuit asynchronous 1200-75baud

BS24 Datacircuit asynchronous 2400 baud

BS25 Datacircuit asynchronous 4800 baud

BS26 Datacircuit asynchronous 9600 baud

BS2F Fall-back asynchronousbearerservice

BS2G General asynchronousbearer service

BS30 All Data Circuit Synchronous

BS31 Datacircuit synchronous 1200 baud

BS32 Datacircuit synchronous 2400 baud

BS33 Datacircuit synchronous 4800 baud

BS34 Datacircuit synchronous 9600 baud

BS3F Fall-back synchronousbearer service

BS3G General synchronous bearer service

98 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 105: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.4.2 Tele Services

Table 10 Tele Services

SUD Descriptions

NAM Network Access Mode

TS10 All speech transmission services

TS11 Telephony

TS21 Shortmessage MT/PP

TS22 Shortmessage MO/PP

TS60 Facsimilei Basic Service Group

TS61 Alternatespeech/fax group 3transparent

TS62 Automaticfacsimile group 3

TSD0 Auxiliary speech services

TSD1 Auxiliary telephony

TSMO Transfer of Short Message Option

6.4.3 Barring Services

Table 11 Barring Services

SUD Descriptions

BAIC Barring of All Incoming Calls

BAOC Barring of All Outgoing Calls

BICRO Barring of All Incoming Calls whenRoaming Outside the home PLMNcountry

BOIC Barring of All Outgoing InternationalCalls

BOIEXH Barring of All Outgoing InternationalCalls Except those directed to theHome PLMN country

99155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 106: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.4.4 Call Forwarding Services

Table 12 Call Forwarding Services

SUD Descriptions

CFB CallForwarding on mobile subscriberBusy

CFNRC CallForwarding on mobile subscriberNot Reachable

CFNRY CallForwarding on No Reply

CFU CallForwarding Unconditional

DCF DefaultCall Forwarding

SPN Single Personal Number

6.4.5 Line Identification Services

Table 13 Line Identification Services

SUD Descriptions

CLIP CallingLine Identification Presentation

CLIR CallingLine Identification Restriction

COLP ConnectedLine identificationPresentation

COLR Connected LineidentificationRestriction

6.4.6 Operator Determined Barring Services

Table 14 Operator Determined Barring Services

SUD Descriptions

OBA all incoming and outgoing calls

OBI all Incoming calls

OBO all Outgoing calls

OBOPRE Outgoing Premium Rate calls(Entertainment)

OBOPRI Outgoing Premium Rate calls(Information)

OBSSM Supplementary Service Management

OBR Roaming

100 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 107: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

SUD Descriptions

OBRF of Registrationof Forwarded-tonumber

OBZI Incoming Inter-Zonalcalls

OBZO Outgoing Inter-Zonalcalls

OSB1 Specific Barring in HPLMN (Type 1)

OSB2 Specific Barring in HPLMN (Type 2)

OSB3 Specific Barring in HPLMN (Type 3)

OSB4 Specific Barring in HPLMN (Type 4)

6.4.7 Subscription Options

Table 15 Subscription Options

SUD Descriptions

SOCB ControlOf Barring services

SOCFB CallForwarding on mobile subscriberBusy

SOCFRC CallForwarding on mobile subscribernot Reachable

SOCFRY CallForwarding on no Reply

SOCFU CallForwarding Unconditional

SOCLIP CallingLine Identification Presentation

SOCLIR CallingLine Identification Restriction

SOCOLP ConnectedLine identificationPresentation

SODCF DefaultCall Forwarding

SOSDCF SupplementaryDefault CallForwarding

6.4.8 Closed User Groups

Table 16 Closed User Groups

SUD Descriptions

INDEX CUG Index

IC Interlock Code

RESTRICTION CUG Restriction

BSG Basic Service Group

101155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 108: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

SUD Descriptions

ADD BSG Add BSG Flag

ACCESS Access attribute

PCUG Preferential CUG

6.4.9 CAMEL

Table 17 CAMEL

SUD Descriptions

OCTDP Originating CAMEL Subscription Data TriggerDetection Point

TCTDP Terminating CAMEL Subscription Data TriggerDetection Point

GPRSTDP GPRS CAMEL Trigger Detection Point

OSMSTDP Originating SMS Trigger Detection Point

MMTDP Mobility Management Trigger Detection Point

MTY Match Type

FTC Forwarding Triggering Criteria

VTTDP Visitor MSC Terminating Trigger Detection Point

OSMSSO Originating SMS CAMEL denied subscription option

GSA GSM SCF Address

SK Service Key

DEH Default Error Handling

GCSO GMSC CAMEL Support subscription Option

MCSO MSC/VLR CAMEL Support subscription Option

MMSO Mobility Management CAMEL denied SubscriptionOption

SSLO Subscription State and Location

ETICK Extended Terminating IN Category Key

ETINCI Extended Terminating IN Capability Indicator

EOICK Extended Originating IN Category Key

EOINCI Extended Originating IN Capability Indicator

MC2SO MSC/VLR CAMEL phase 2 Support

MC3SO MSC/VLR CAMEL phase 3 Support

MC4SO MSC/VLR CAMEL phase 4 Support

GC2SO GMSC CAMEL phase 2 Support

102 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 109: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

SUD Descriptions

GC3SO GMSC CAMEL phase 3 Support

GC4SO GMSC CAMEL phase 4 Support

TIF Translation Information Flag

GPRSSO GPRS Subscription Option

I Inhibitor Indicator

CCH CAMEL Capability Handling

6.4.10 GPRS Services

Table 18 GPRS Services

SUD Descriptions

APNID Access Point Name IDentifier

PDPADD Packet Data Protocol ADDress

EQOSID Extended Quality Of Service identifier

OBP Operator Determined Barring ofPacket Oriented Services

SCHAR GPRS Subscriber ChargingCharacteristic

VPAA Visited Public land mobile networkAddress Allowed

PDPID Subscriber PDP context identifier

PDPCH PDP Context ChargingCharacteristics

PDPTY PDP Context Type

6.4.11 Location Print Services

Table 19 Location Print Services

SUD Descriptions

MSCNUMBER Mobile Switching Centre (MSC)number

MSM Mobile Station Roaming Number(MSRN)

LMSID Local Mobile Station Identity (LMSID)

103155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 110: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

SUD Descriptions

SGSNNUMBER Serving General Packet RadioService (GPRS) Support Node(SGSN) number

VLRADDRESS Visitor Location Register (VLR)address

6.4.12 GMLC Address

Table 20 GMLC Address

SUD Descriptions

GMLCID GMLC Identifier

GMLCADD GMLC Address data

HGMLCADD Home GMLC Address

HGMLCID Home GMLC Address Identifier

PPRID Privacy Profile Register AddressIdentifier

PPRADD Privacy Profile Register Address

6.4.13 Location Services(LOCSERVICES)

Table 21 Location Services

SUD Descriptions

UNIV Universal location services privacyclass

CREL Call Related location services privacyclass

CUNRL Call Unrelated location servicesprivacy class

PLMNO PLMN Operator location servicesprivacy class

INTIDLIST Internal Identity List

MOCLLIST LOCSERVICES Mobile OriginatingClass List

-ASL Autonomous Self Location

-BSL Basic Self Location

-TTP Transfer to Third Party

-ALL All of LOCSERVICES mobileoriginating classes

104 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 111: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

SUD Descriptions

EADD External LOCSERVICES clientAddress

GRES Restriction on the Gateway MobileLocation Center (GMLC)

NOTF Location request restriction relatedto the Notification to the mobilesubscriber

LMU Location Measurement Unit

6.4.14 Others

Table 22 Others

SUD Descriptions

ACC Account Code

AMSISDN Additional MSISDN

AOC AdviceOf Charge

AUTHD Authentication Data

CAPL Channel Allocation Priority Level

CAT SubscriberCategory

CAW CAllWaiting

CUG Closed User Group

DBSG Default Basic Service Group

DEMLPP Default Enhanced Multi-LevelPrecedence and Pre-emption

ECT Explicit Call Transfer

EMLPP Enhanced Multi-Level Precedenceand Pre-emption

HOLD CallHold

HPN High Penetration Notification

ICI Immediate Call Itemization

MEMLPP Enhanced Multi-Level Precedenceand Pre-emption. Maximum prioritylevel.

MOBINT Mobility ManagementIN TriggeringData

MPTY MultiParty Service

105155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 112: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

SUD Descriptions

OBCT Operator Barring of Invocation of CallTransfer

OBDCT Operator Barring of Invocation of CallTransfer where both calls are chargedto the served subscriber

OBMCT Operator Barring of Invocation ofCall Transfer if there is already oneongoing transferred call for the servedsubscriber in the serving MSC/VLR

OCSI Originating CAMEL SubscriptionInformation

OFA OriginFor Forwarded-to NumberAnalysis

OICK OriginatingIntelligent networkCategory Key

OIN OriginatingIntelligent Network

PAI Positioning Allowed Indicator

PICI Primary Inter-exchange CarrierIdentity (highest priority)

PICI2 Primary Inter-exchange CarrierIdentity (medium priority)

PICI3 Primary Inter-exchange CarrierIdentity (lowest priority)

PRBT Personal Ring Back Tone

PWD SubscriberPassword

RED RedundantSubscriber

REGSER Regionalservice

RSA Roaming Service Area

STYPE Subscription Type

TCSI Terminating CAMEL SubscriptionInformation

TEARDOWN Call Teardown

TICK TerminatingIntelligent networkCategory Key

TIN Terminating IntelligentNetwork

DUALSTAT Dual IMSI subscription flag

ACTYPE Dual IMSI activation type

106 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 113: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

6.5 HLRSUB Message Response

Here follows a description of the possible message response codes that can bereceived in a message response. The tables contain a column Type, indicatingthe seriousness/category of each response. Available categories are

• Syntax error (S)

• Temporary error (T)

• Faulty data (D)

• Fatal error (F)

and they can be used as a guide line in error management procedures. Suitableactions are indicated in Section 15 on page 249.

Table 23 HLRSUB

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Successful 0 x x x x

NE ANSWERS (1-200,10203-10303)

IMSI already defined 1 D x

MSISDN already defined 2 D x x

Lack of storage space insubscr. data file

3 F x

Lack of storage space in IMSIanalysis file

4 F x

Lack of storage space inMSISDN analysis file

5 F x x

Subscriber authenticationdata not found

6 F x

No connection toauthentication centre

7 T/F x

Time out while fetchingauthentication data

8 T/F x

IMSI is prefix of existing IMSI 9 D x

There is an IMSI prefix of theIMSI

10 D x

MSISDN is prefix of existingMSISDN

11 D x x x x

There is a MSISDN prefix ofthe MSISDN

12 D x x

107155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 114: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

IMSI is not defined 13 D x x

MSISDN is not defined 14 D x x

Subscriber data notrecognized

15 S x x

Supplementary service notrecognized

16 S x x

Supplementary service notprovided

17 S x x

Supplementary service notapplicable

18 S x x

Forward-to-number restricted 19 D/S x x

Attribute not applicable 25 S x x

Forward to number missing 26 D/S x x

Operation not allowed due tointeract.

27 S x x

Subscriber data notapplicable

32 S x x

Operation not allowed due tocurrent location

33 T x x

BSG not subscribed 41 S x x

BSG not recognized 43 S x x

SS not applicable to specifiedBSG

44 S x x

Subscription limit of numbersreached

47 F x x

MSISDN it not an additionalMSISDN

48 D/S x x

Storage shortage in data file 51 F x x

BC not defined 55 D/S x x

BC out of range 57 S x x

SS not applicable to anysubscribed BSG

61 D/S x x

Supplementary service notregistered

62 S/D x x

Change-over not initiated 64 D/S x

Change-over still pending 66 T/S x

108 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 115: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

BC represents a BS notsupported

68 S x x

Subscriber disconnection inprocess

73 T x x x x

Functionality not supportedby this exchange

75 S x x

Closed user group notapplicable to bsg

76 S x x

Index already defined 77 S/D x

Interlock code already defined 78 S/D x

Basic service group includedmore than once

79 S x x

Updating closed user groupdata

80 T x

Closed user group notapplicable to any bsg

81 S x x

Max number of closed usergroups reached

82 S x x

Basic service group erase notallowed

83 S x

Index not defined 84 S/D x x

MSISDN not defined asclosed user group

85 S/D x x

Bsg not defined within anyclosed user group

86 S/D x x

Bsg not defined within a givenpcsug

87 S/D x x

Pcsug not defined as index 88 S/D x x

Pcsug not allowed 89 S x x

Odd number of characters insubaddress

102 D/S x x

Restriction not allowed 115 S x x

Index erasure not allowed 116 S x

Collective basic service groupnot allowed

117 S x x

No translation defined for theIMSI /Storage shortage inGPRS data file

149 S/T x x

109155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 116: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Storage shortage in MSISDNanalysis file for flexiblenumbering / Storage shortagein PDP context datafile

150 F x x

Storage shortage in routingdata file for flexible numbering/Storage shortage in facsimiletransmission data file

151 T x x

Storage shortage in MSISDNseries analysis file

152 T x x

Storage shortage in datacircuit asynchronous data file

153 T x x

Storage shortage in datacircuit synchronous data file

154 T x x

Storage shortage in routingdata file for flexible numbering/ Storage shortage in facsimiletransamissiondata file

151 F x x

Bearer Capability number isnot permitted

159 S/D x

IMSI does not belong toWCDMA network

160 S/D x x

The mobility management INtriggering subscription dataare being updated for thesubscriber

167 T x x

DetectionPoint alreadydefined

168 S/D x x

DetectionPoint not defined 169 S/D x x

The DetectionPoint isactivated for the subscriber

170 S/D x

The DetectionPoint is notactivated for the subscriber

171 S/D x

DetectionPoint value notallowed

172 S/D x x

Maximum number of TriggerDetection Points has beenreached for the subscriber

173 D x x

Too many detection pointsspecified

174 S/D x x

110 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 117: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

GSM Service ControlFunction address is notdefined

175 D x x

General bearer service notsubscribed

182 F x

Parameter not supported bythis exchange

183 D x x

Updating CAMELsubscription data in progressfor the subscriber

187 T x x

CAMEL subscription data notdefined

188 S/D x x

Parameter value notsupported by this exchange

189 S/D x x

MSISDN is defined as anadditional MSISDN /TCTDPnot defined

190 S/D x x x

OCTDP not defined 191 S/D x x

IMSI does not belong to anoperator /TCTDP alreadydefined

195 S/D x x

OCTDP already defined 196 S/D x

MSISDN not connected to anIMSI in the FNR, probablyexported or other number /Maximum number of TCTDPreached

197 T/S/D x x x

Maximum number of OCTDPreached

198 S/D x

Maximum number ofsubscriptions exceeded

199 F x

Storage shortage in BSGdata file / Maximum numberof GPRS subscriptionsucceeded

200 T/F x x

No originating CAMELsubscription defined

10203 S/D x

No terminating CAMELsubscription defined

10204 S/D x

APN not defined 10211 S/D x x

111155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 118: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Maximum number ofsubscriber PDP contextreached

10215 S/D x x

SubscriberPDP contextalready defined

10216 S/D x x

SubscriberPDP context withnon subscribed APN alreadydefined

10217 S/D x x

Updating of subscriber PDPcontext in progress

10218 T x x

Packetdata protocol contextidentifier repeated

10219 S/D x x

SubscriberNAM already hasthat value

10220 S/D x

Subscriberdata notcompatible with storedsubscriber data

10221 D x

SubscriberPDP context notdefined

10222 D x

GMLC address not defined 10240 S/D x x

Storage shortage insubaddress data file forspeech

10242 T x

Storage shortage insubaddress data file fordata circuit asynchronous

10243 T x

Storage shortage insubaddress data file fordata circuit synchronous

10244 T x

Storage shortage insubaddress data file forfacsimile

10245 T x

Storage shortage insubaddress data file forauxiliary speech

10246 T x

OFA value not allowed 10259 D x

Storage shortage inoriginating CAMEL phase 2data file

10260 T x x

112 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 119: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Storage shortage interminating CAMEL phase 2data file

10261 T x x

Not applicable for OCTDP 10262 S x

Last OCTDP phase 2 removalnot allowed

10263 S x

Storage shortage in BSG forauxiliary speech service datafile

10265 T x

No originating CAMEL phase2 subscription defined

10266 D x

Storage shortage inoriginating CAMEL phase 1data file

10267 T x x

Storage shortage interminating CAMEL phase 1data file

10268 T x x

Storage shortage in tripletdata file

10269 T x x

Storage shortage in quintetdata file

10270 T x x

Storage shortage in GPRSCAMEL phase 3 data file

10271 T x

GPRS TDP already defined 10272 S/D x x

Maximum number ofGPRSTDP reached

10273 T x x

I not applicable for this typeof TDP

10274 S//D x

CCH VALUE not allowed forthis type of TDP

10275 S/D x x

GPRSTDP not defined 10277 S/D x

Too many GPRSTDPspecified

10278 S/D x x

Operation not applicable toan LMU subscriber

10279 S/D x x

Storage shortage in LCS datafile

10280 T x x

Updating of subscriber LCSdata in progress

10281 T x x

113155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 120: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Maximum number ofsubscriber external identitiesreached

10282 T x x

No subscriber LCS classesdefined

10283 S/D x

No subscriber LCS privacyclasses defined

10284 S/D x

No subscriber LCS MOclasses defined

10285 S/D x

Subscriber LCS class notdefined

10286 S/D x

No subscriber GMLCaddresses defined

10287 x

Subscriber LCS privacy classalready defined

10291 S/D x x

Subscriber LCS MO classalready defined

10292 S/D x x

Subscriber internal identityalready defined

10293 S/D x x

External address alreadydefined

10294 S/D x x

Call unrelated LCS class notdefined

10295 S/D x x

Subscriber LCS privacy classnot defined

10296 S/D x

Subscriber LCS MO class notdefined

10297 S/D x

Subscriber external addressnot defined

10298 S/D x

Internal identity not defined 10299 S/D x

GMLC restriction not defined 10300 S/D x

Maximum number ofsubscriber GMLC addressesexceeded

10301 T x x

Subscriber GMLC addressalready defined

10302 S/D x x

Subscriber GMLC addressnot defined

10303 S/D x

114 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 121: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Storage shortage inoriginating SMS CAMELdata file

10304 T x x

OSMSTDP already defined 10305 S/D x x

Maximum number ofOSMSTDP reached

10306 S/D x x

OSMSTDP not defined 10308 D x

Too many OSMSTDPspecified

10309 S/D x

Extended QOS not defined 10314 S/D x x

PDP type incompatible 10315 D x x

Static addressing not allowedfor PDP context

10316 D x x

Call related LCS class notdefined

10324 D x x

TSMSTDP value not allowed 10325 S/D x x

TSMSTDP not defined 10330 S/D x

DSTDP not defined 10345 S/D x

Triggering basic servicealready defined

10361 D x x

Triggering basic service notallowed

10362 D x

Maximum number oftriggering basic servicesreached

10363 D x

Storage shortage in CAMELTCTDP2 criteria data file

10364 D x x

Storage shortage in CAMELOCTDP2 criteria data file

10365 D x x

Forwarding triggering criteriaalready defined

10366 D x x

Triggering criteria data notdefined

10368 D x

Destination number notdefined

10369 D x

Destination number lengthnot defined

10370 D x

Forwarding triggering criterianot defind

10371 D x

115155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 122: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

No triggering basic servicedefined

10372 D x

BS not defined as triggeringbasic service

10373 D x

BSG not defined as triggeringbasic service

10374 D x

Maximum number ofsubscriber call relatedexternal identities reached

10375 D x

Maximum number ofsubscriber call unrelatedexternal identities reached

10376 D x

Subscriber call relatedexternal address not defined

10377 D x x

Subscriber call unrelatedexternal address not defined

10378 D x x

Call related external addressalready defined

10379 D x

Call unrelated externaladdress already defined

10380 D x

Call related GMLC restrictionnot defined

10381 D x x

Call unrelated GMLCrestriction not defined

10382 D x x

NAM value not allowed dueto functionality not supported

10383 D x

Storage shortage in callunrelated external LCS clientaddress data file

10385 D x

Storage shortage in callrelated external LCS clientaddress data file

10386 D x

Internal identity already givenin command

10387 D x x

Subscriber LCS MO classalready given in command

10388 D x x

Storage shortage in IPV6address data file

10389 D x

Storage shortage in externaladdresss data file

10390 D x

116 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 123: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

CCH value not compatible forthis TDP value

10391 D x x

VTTDP already defined 10392 D x x x

Storage shortage inOriginating CAMEL phase 3data file

10394 D x

Storage shortage interminating CAMEL phase 3data file

10395 D x

Storage shortage in visitorMSC terminating CAMELphase 3 data file

10396 D x x

VTTDP not defined 10397 D x x

Too many VTTDP specified 10398 D x

Maximum number of VTTDPreached

10399 D x x

Trigger detection pointincluded more than once

10400 D x

Subscriber PICI alreadydefined

10401 D x x

Subscriber GMLC addressalready given

10415 D x

No destination numberdefined

10417 D x x

No destination number lengthdefined

10418 D x x

Storage shortage in externaladdress analysis file

10419 D x

Spatial triggers data isalready defined

10420 S/D x x

Storage shortage in spatialtriggers data file

10421 T x x

Subscriber spatial triger datanot defined

10422 S/D x x

Subscriber Service TypeAlready Defined

10424 S/D x x

Too many service typesspecified for the subscriber

10426 S/D x x

Subscriber service typealready given in command

10427 S/D x x

117155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 124: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

No subscriber service typesdefined

10428 S/D x x

Subscriber service type notdefined

10429 S/D x x

Service type GMLC restrictionnot defined

10430 S/D x x

Subscription link alreadyexists

10433 x

MSISDN is not a linkedMSISDN

10435 x

PDP Context Identifier in use 10437 S/D x x

PDP address incompatiblewith PDP type

10438 S/D x x

Spatial trigger event value notallowed

10444 S/D x x

Updating of subsciber spatialtrigger data in progress

10445 T x x

Command Restricted DuringDump

10446 F x x x x

Subscription belongs to amultiple subscription

10456 F x x

IMSI corresponds to mastersubscription

10457 F x x

IMSI already given incommand

10458 F x x

Updating multiplesubscription data in progress

10459 T x x x

Too many IMSIS specified 10460 F x x

Storage shortage in multiplesubscription data file

10461 F x

Subscription is not a mastersubscription

10462 F x x

Subscription does not belongto the multiple subscription

10463 F x

Maximum number ofsubscription in multiplesubscription exceeded

10464 F x

Minimum number ofsubscription in multiplesubscription exceeded

10465 F x

118 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 125: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Change of active subscriptionnot allowed

10466 F x

Subscriber SMSC addressseries already defined

10469 D x

Series is prefix of existingseries

10470 D x

There is a series prefix of thegiven series

10471 D x

Updating of subscriber SPAMSMS data in progress

10472 D x x

Maximum number ofsubscriber SMSC addressseries reached

10473 D x

Storage shortage insubscriber SPAM SMSdata file

10474 D x

Storage shortage in SPAMSMSC address series datafile

10475 D x

No SPAM SMS data defined 10476 D x

Subscriber SMSC addressseries not defined

10477 D x

LCS address not defined 10478 D x

Subscriber has a HGMLCaddress already defined

10479 D x

Subscriber has a PPRaddress already defined

10480 D x

No subscriber HGMLCaddress defined

10481 D x

No subscriber PPR 10482 D x

Storage shortage inoriginating Camel phase4 data file

10485 D x x

Storage shortage interminating Camel phase4 data file

10486 D x x

Storage shortage in VMSCterminating Camel phase 4data file

10487 D x x

119155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 126: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

Ext. system communicationlink failure

1001 T/F x x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x x

Inconsistency in NE data 1003 F x x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x x

NE does not exist 2003 F x x x x

Operation conflict withON/OFF/OFF-STORE statusof NE

2004 F/D x x x x

tableManager not found 2010 F x x

Mapping table not found 2011 F x x

QOS/EQOSID not found inmapping table

2012 F x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x x x

Operation not supported 3002 S x x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x x x x

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x x

120 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 127: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Table 24 HLRMWINFO

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Successful 0 x

NE ANSWERS (1 -199)

IMSI is not defined 13 D x

MSISDN is not defined 14 D x

NE Fatal Errors:

External systemcommunication link failure

1001 T/F

External system error 1002 F

Inconsistency in NE data 1003 F

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100) x

Invalid command 3001 S

Operation not supported 3002 S x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S

Rejection, must log on first 3007 S x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x

Invalid license 3010 F x

License expired 3011 F

Not authorized 3012 F x

Fault in the DC file 3013 F

121155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 128: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

122 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 129: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

7 FNR Subscription

7.1 Customers Service Orders

Note: The parameter sequence in CAI command is independent of theparameter sequence in MML command.

7.1.1 NPSUB

The number portability feature enables mobile subscriber to retain the MSISDNnumber when changing network operator.

NP requires a high level communication between the operators. Subscribersthat are moving from one network to another must be reported to the networkthe MSISDN belongs to, which is the network where the subscriber was created.

The NP functionality is included in the FNR network element.

Note: If the user has chosen the Splitted HLR and FNR licence duringinstallation, when doing provisioning towards HLR, only the data in HLRis affected. If there is any operation towards FNR needed, the usershould do the provisioning on FNR in addition. And this MO providesCREATE, SET, DELETE, and GET operations, which only affect thedata in FNR.

If the user hasn’t chosen the Splitted HLR and FNR licence duringinstallation, the provisioning of the FNR database will be completelyhidden for the users of EMA, that is, the necessary commands toFNR will be sent automatically when EMA users (CAI and GUI) aredoing provisioning towards the HLR. In this case, the only time theFNSUB MO need to be used is if an HLR provisioning operation haspartly failed and the databases of HLR and FNR because of that hasinconsistent data.

The requests towards the MO NPSUB and responses from the MONPSUB for the two cases are the same.

123155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 130: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

7.1.1.1 NPSUB - CREATE

7.1.1.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 76 CREATE Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to be defined.

<msisdns> The MSISDN number series of the subscription to bedefined.

<network_prefix> The network prefix of the subscription to be defined.

7.1.1.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 77 Response Syntax

<trans_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> Response codes, see Section 7.4.1 on page 143.

7.1.1.2 NPSUB - SET

7.1.1.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 78 SET Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the SET provisioning operation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to be modified.

<network_prefix> The network prefix of the subscription to be modified.

124 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 131: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

7.1.1.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 79 Response Syntax

<trans_id> The transaction id of the SET provisioning operation.

<resp_code> Response codes, see Section 7.4.1 on page 143.

7.1.1.3 NPSUB - GET

7.1.1.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 80 GET Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<msisdns> The MSISDN number series of the subscription to bedisplayed.

7.1.1.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 81 Specified Response (Request to Display a Number of SpecifiedData)

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> Response codes, see Section 7.4.1 on page 143.

<network_prefix> The prefix which is only displayed if the response codeis equal to 0.

125155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 132: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<msisdns> The MSISDN number series of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<subtype> The subscriber type of the subscription to be displayed.

7.1.1.4 NPSUB - DELETE

7.1.1.4.1 Request Syntax

Figure 82 DELETE Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioning operation

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to be deleted

<msisdns> The MSISDNS number of the series to be deleted.

7.1.1.4.2 Response Syntax

Figure 83 Response

<trans_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> Response codes, see Section 7.4.1 on page 143.

7.1.2 FNSUB

The Flexible Numbering feature enables the mobile subscriber to choose hisMSISDN much more free when his IMSI is fixed.

126 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 133: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Note: The provisioning of the FNR database will be completely hidden for theusers of EMA, that is, the necessary commands to FNR will be sentautomatically when EMA users (CAI and GUI) are doing provisioningtowards the HLR.

The only time the FNSUB MO need to be used is if an HLR provisioningoperation has partly failed and the databases of HLR and FNR becauseof that has inconsistent data.

If the user has chosen the Splitted HLR and FNR licence duringinstallation, when doing provisioning towards HLR, only the data in HLRis affected. If there is any operation towards FNR needed, the usershould do the provisioning on FNR in addition. And this MO providesCREATE, SET, DELETE, and GET operations, which only affect thedata in FNR.

If the user hasn’t chosen the Splitted HLR and FNR licence duringinstallation, the provisioning of the FNR database will be completelyhidden for the users of EMA, that is, the necessary commands toFNR will be sent automatically when EMA users (CAI and GUI) aredoing provisioning towards the HLR. In this case, the only time theFNSUB MO need to be used is if an HLR provisioning operation haspartly failed and the databases of HLR and FNR because of that hasinconsistent data.

The requests towards the MO FNSUB and responses from the MOFNSUB for the two cases are the same.

7.1.2.1 FNSUB - CREATE

7.1.2.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 84 CREATE Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

127155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 134: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to be defined.

<msisdns> The MSISDN series of the subscription to be defined.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be defined.

<gimsi> Generic IMSI number of the subscription to be definied.

<address> HLR address

7.1.2.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 85 Response Syntax

<trans_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> Response codes , see Section 7.4.2 on page 144.

7.1.2.2 FNSUB - SET

7.1.2.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 86 SET Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the SET provisioning operation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to be modified.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be modified.

<address> HLR address

7.1.2.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 87 Response

<trans_id> The transaction id of the SET provisioning operation.

128 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 135: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<resp_code> Response codes , see Section 7.4.2 on page 144.

7.1.2.3 FNSUB - GET

7.1.2.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 88 GET Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<msisdns> The MSISDN number series of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be displayed.

<gimsi> The Generic IMSI number of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<address> HLR address

129155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 136: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

7.1.2.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 89 Specified Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> Response codes , see Section 7.4.2 on page 144.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<msisdns> The MSISDN number series of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be displayed.

<gimsi> The Generic IMSI number of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<address> HRL address

7.1.2.4 FNSUB - DELETE

7.1.2.4.1 Request Syntax

Figure 90 DELETE Command

130 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 137: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<trans_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription to be deleted.

<msisdns> The MSISDN number series of the subscription to bedeleted.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be deleted.

<imsis> The IMSI number series of the subscription to bedeleted.

<deladdr> Flag 0–1

7.1.2.4.2 Response Syntax

Figure 91 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> Response codes, see Section 7.4.2 on page 144.

7.1.3 ANSISUB

7.1.3.1 ANSISUB-CREATE

7.1.3.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 92 CREATE Command

<trans_id> The transaction Id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<msisdn> The msisdn number of the subscription to be defined.

<msisdns> The MSISDN number series of the subscription to bedefined.

<nprefix> The network prefix of the subscription to be defined.

131155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 138: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

7.1.3.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 93 Response

<trans_id> The transaction Id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Table 32 on page 147 for response codes.

7.1.3.1.3 Examples

CREATE:ANSISUB:MSISDN,311300169000:NP,9955;

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

Unsuccessful message response, the subscriber number translation is notdefined: RESP: 14;

7.1.3.2 ANSISUB-SET

7.1.3.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 94 Set Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the SET provisioning operation.

<msisdn> The msisdn number of the subscription to be set.

<nprefix> The network prefix of the subscription to be set.

7.1.3.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 95 Response

<trans_id> The transaction Id of the SET provisioning operation.

<resp_code> See Table 32 on page 147 for response codes.

7.1.3.2.3 Examples

CREATE:ANSISUB:MSISDN,311300169000:NP,9955;

132 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 139: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

Unsuccessful message response, the subscriber number translation is notdefined: RESP: 14;

7.1.3.3 ANSISUB-GET

7.1.3.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 96 GET Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<msisdn> The msisdn number of the subscription to be displayed.

<msisdns> The MSISDN number series of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<nprefix> The network prefix of the subscription to be displayed.

<subtype> The subscriber type.

<subcond> The subscriber condition.

7.1.3.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 97 Response

<trans_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> See Table 32 on page 147 for response codes.

133155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 140: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<msisdn> The msisdn number of the subscription to be displayed.

<msisdns> The MSISDN number series of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<nprefix> The network prefix of the subscription to be displayed.

<subtype> The subscriber type.

<subcond> The subscriber condition.

7.1.3.3.3 Examples

Message request to retrieve all the properties of the following subscriber withMSISDN number;

GET:ANSISUB:MSISDN,311300169000;

Successful message response: RESP:0:MSISDN,311300169000:NP,9955:SUBTYPE,HOME:SUBCOND,ANSI;

Message request to retrieve a selective number of parameters for the samesubscriber as above;

GET:ANSISUB:MSISDN,311300169000:NP;

Successful message response:RESP:0:MSISDN,311300169000:NP,9955;

GET:ANSISUB:MSISDN,311300169000:SUBTYPE;

Successful message response:RESP:0:MSISDN,311300169000:SUBTYPE,HOME;

GET:ANSISUB:MSISDN,311300169000:SUBCOND;

Successful message response:RESP:0:MSISDN,311300169000:SUBCOND,ANSI;

Unsuccessful message response, the subscriber number translation is notdefined: RESP: 14;

7.1.3.4 ANSISUB-DELETE

7.1.3.4.1 Request Syntax

Figure 98 DELETE Command

134 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 141: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<trans_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<msisdn> The msisdn number of the subscription to be deleted.

<msisdns> The MSISDN number series of the subscription to bedeleted.

7.1.3.4.2 Response Syntax

Figure 99 Response

<trans_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Table 32 on page 147 for response codes.

7.1.3.4.3 Examples

DELETE:ANSISUB:MSISDN,311300169000;

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

Unsuccessful message response, the subscriber number translation is notdefined: RESP: 14;

7.1.4 UMTSPDCSUB

Note: The parameter sequence in CAI command is independent of theparameter sequence in MML command.

The FNR for PDC and WCDMA support feature enables PDC subscribers toretain their MSN/MSISDN number when changing their subscription to be anWCDMA subscription.

The FNR for PDC and WCDMA support flexible allocation of subscriber number.

The FNR for PDC and WCDMA support function is included in the FNR networkelement.

135155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 142: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Note: The provisioning of the FNR database will be completely hiddenfor the users of EMA, that is the necessary commands to FNR willbe sent automatically when EMA users (CAI and GUI) are doingWCDMAPDCSUB towards the HLR.

There are only two cases for WCDMAPDCSUB MO to be used. Onecase occurs if an HLR provisioning operation has partly failed and thedatabases of HLR and FNR because of that has inconsistent data.Another case occurs if EMA users (CAI and GUI) need to manuallyupdate the IMSI in FNR.

7.1.4.1 FNR for PDC and UMTS Support - CREATE

7.1.4.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 100 Create command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<msisdn> The msisdn number of the subscription to be defined.

<port> Indicates if the subscriber shall be ported or not

0 = not ported

1 = ported

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be defined.

<msisdns> The msisdn number series of the subscription to bedefined.

<nprefix> The network prefix of the subscription to be defined.

136 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 143: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

7.1.4.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 101 Response

<transaction_id > The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Section 7.4.4 on page 149.

7.1.4.2 FNR for PDC and UMTS support - SET

7.1.4.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 102 Set Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<msisdn> The msisdn number of the subscription to be modified.

<port> Indicates if the subscriber shall be ported or not

0 = not ported

1 = ported

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be modified.

<msisdns> The msisdn number series of the subscription to bemodified.

<nprefix> The network prefix of the subscription to be modified.

7.1.4.2.2 Response Syntax

137155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 144: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Figure 103 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the SET provisioning operation.

<resp_code> See Section 7.4.4 on page 149.

7.1.4.3 FNR for PDC and UMTS support - GET

7.1.4.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 104 Get Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<msisdn> The msisdn number of the subscription to be displayed.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be displayed.

<subtype> The subscriber type of the subscription to be displayed.

<msisdns> The msisdn number series of the subscription to bedisplayed.

7.1.4.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 105 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> See Section 7.4.4 on page 149.

138 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 145: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<msisdn> The MSISDN number. The number is only displayed ifthe response code is equal to 0.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription to be displayed.

<subtype> The subscriber type of the subscription to be displayed.

<msisdns> The msisdn number series of the subscription to bedisplayed.

<nprefix> The network prefix of the subscription to be displayed.

7.1.4.4 FNR for PDC and UMTS support - DELETE

7.1.4.4.1 Request Syntax

Figure 106 Delete Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<msisdns> The msisdn number series of the subscription to bedeleted.

<msisdn> The msisdn number of the subscription to be deleted.

7.1.4.4.2 Response Syntax

Figure 107 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Section 7.4.4 on page 149.

7.2 Request and Response Parameters

Use Case specifies in which cases the parameter can be applied:

C - (Create) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment iscreated.

S - (Set) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment is modified.

139155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 146: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

D - (Delete) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment isdeleted.

G - (Get) Parameter can take a value in the Get request for retrieving asubscription/equipment.

F - (Filter) Parameter can be used as filter in a Get request to indicate that wewant to retrieve the current value of this parameter.

R - (Returned) Parameter may be returned with a value in the answer to a Getrequest (depends on request issued and filter specified).

If a certain parameter is belonging to a Sub-MO the use case could also showin which sub-operation(s) the parameter can be used:

c - (Define, (create)) Parameter can be used in a DEF sub-operation.

s - (Set) Parameter can be used in a SET sub-operation.

d - (Delete) Parameter can be used in a DEL sub-operation.

These three sub-operation use case identifiers (c, s, d) will always appeardirectly after a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows whichsub-operations that are allowed in corresponding main operation.

If a certain parameter is belonging to a list value which can be seen as asimplified sub-MO the use case could also show in which sub-operation(s)the parameter can be used:

+ Parameter as a value can be added to a list attribute.

- Parameter as a value can be deleted from a list attribute.

These two sub-operation use case identifiers (+, -) will always appear directlyafter a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows which sub-operationsthat are allowed in corresponding main operation.

For example, use case: "CcScsdR" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed in a DEF sub-operation, in Set the parameter is allowedin DEF, SET or DEL sub-operation, in Delete it is not allowed at all and theparameter may be returned in the answer to a Get request.

For example, use case: "C+S-R" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed to be added to a list attribute, in a Set operation theparameter is allowed to be deleted from a list attribute and the parameter maybe returned in the answer to a Get request.

140 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 147: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

7.2.1 NP Subscription Parameters

Table 25 NP Subscription Parameters

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

MSISDN 5-15 digits CSDGRF

MSISDNS 5-15 digits CSDGRF

IMSI 6-15 digits RF

NP 0–9 digits or #10–#14 CSRF

SUBTYPE HOME, IMPORTED, EXPORTED, OTHER RF

7.2.2 FN Subscription Parameters

Table 26 FN Subscription Parameters

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

ADDRESS 5–28 digits

MSISDN 5-15 digits CSDGRF

MSISDNS 5-15 digits CSDGRF

IMSI 6-15 digits CSDGRF

IMSIS 6-15 digits CSDGRF

GIMSI 6-15 digits CSRF

SUBTYPE HOME, IMPORTED, EXPORTED, OTHER RF

7.2.3 ANSI Subscription Parameters

Table 27 ANSI Subscription Parameters

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

MSISDN 5-15 digits CSDGRF

MSISDNS 5-15 digits CSDGRF

IMSI 6-15 digits CSRF

NP 0–9 digits or #10–#14 CSRF

SUBTYPE HOME, IMPORTED, EXPORTED,OTHER

RF

SUBCOND ANSI, GSM/WCDMA RF

141155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 148: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

7.2.4 UMTSPDC Subscription Parameters

Table 28 UMTSPDC Subscriber Parameters

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

MSISDN 5-15 digits CSDGRF

PORT 0-1 CSRF

SUBTYPE UMTSHOME, UMTSPORTED,PDCHOME, PDCPORTED

RF

IMSI 6-15 digits CSRF

MSISDNS 5-15 digits CSGD

NP 0–9 digits or #10–#14 CSRF

7.3 FNR Subscriber Data Abbreviations

Table 29 NP/FN Subscriber Data Abbreviations

SUD Descriptions

SUBTYPE Subscriber Type

NP Network Prefix

SUBCOND Subscriber Condition

7.4 FNRSUB Message Response

Here follows a description of the possible message response codes that can bereceived in a message response. The tables contain a column Type, indicatingthe seriousness/category of each response. Available categories are

• Syntax error (S)

• Temporary error (T)

• Faulty data (D)

• Fatal error (F)

and they can be used as a guide line in error management procedures. Suitableactions are indicated in Section 15 on page 249.

142 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 149: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

7.4.1 NPSUB

Table 30 NPSUB

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Successful 0 x x x x

NE ANSWERS (1 -199)

MSISDN already defined 2 D x

MSISDN is prefix of existingMSISDN

11 D x x x x

There is an MSISDN prefixof the existing MSISDN

12 D x x x x

MSISDN not connected 14 T x x x

Functionality not supportedby this exchange

75 S x x

Storage shortage inMSISDN analysis file

150 F x x

Storage shortage inrerouting data file

151 F x x

Storage shortage inMSISDN series analysisdatafile

152 F x x

Parameter value notsupported by this exchange

189 S/D x x

MSISDN does not belongsto own country

194 D x x x x

NPREFIX has not got theproper length

196 D x x

Maximum Numberof Subscriber SeriesTranslation Exceededor Maximum Number ofSubscriber TranslationExceeded

199 F x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

External systemcommunication link failure

1001 T/F x x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x x

143155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 150: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x x

NE does not exist 2003 F x x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x x x

Operation not supported 3002 S x x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x x x x

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x x

NPREFIX does not belongto operator

10967 D x x

MSISDN does not belong tooperator

10968 D x

NPREFIX is additional ownnetwork prefix

10969 D x

Illegal combination ofparameter value.

10970 D

Storage shortage in seriesrerouting data file

10978 F x

7.4.2 FNSUB

Table 31 FNSUB

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Successful 0 x x x x

NE ANSWERS (1 -199)

MSISDN already defined 2 D x x

MSISDN is prefix of existingMSISDN

11 D x x x x

144 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 151: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

There is an MSISDN prefixof the existing MSISDN

12 D x x x x

MSISDN not connected 14 T x x x

Functionality not supportedby this exchange

75 S x x

Storage shortage inMSISDN analysis file

150 F x x

Storage shortage inrerouting data file

151 F x x

Storage shortage inMSISDN series analysisdatafile

152 F x x

IMSI does not belong toWCDMA network

160 S/D x x

Parameter value notsupported by this exchange

189 S/D x x

Parameter not supported bythe exhange.

191 S x x

MSISDN does not belongsto own country

194 D x x x x

IMSI does not belong tooperator

195 D x x

NPREFIX has not got theproper length

196 D x x

Maximum Numberof Subscriber SeriesTranslation Exceededor Maximum Number ofSubscriber TranslationExceeded

199 F x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

External systemcommunication link failure

1001 T/F x x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x x

NE does not exist 2003 F x x x x

145155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 152: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Operation conflict withON/OFF/OFF-STOREstatus of NE

2004 F/D x x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x x x

Operation not supported 3002 S x x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x x x x

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x x

MSISDN does not belong tooperator

10968 D x

Illegal combination ofparameter values

10970 D x

GIMSI does not belong tooperator

10973 D x

IMSI is prefix of existingIMSI

10974 D x x

There is an IMSI prefix ofthe given IMSI

10975 D x x

IMSI series is prefix ofexisting IMSI series

10976 D x

There is an IMSI seriesprefix of the given IMSIseries

10977 D x

Storage shortage in seriesrerouting data file

10978 F x

IMSI series does not belongto operator

10979 D x

146 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 153: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

7.4.3 ANSISUB

Table 32 ANSISUB

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Successful 0 x x x x

NE ANSWERS (1 -199)

MSISDN already defined 2 D x x

MSISDN is prefix of existingMSISDN

11 D x x x x

There is an MSISDN prefixof the existing MSISDN

12 D x x x x

MSISDN not connected 14 T x x x

Functionality not supportedby this exchange

75 S x x

Storage shortage inMSISDN analysis file

150 F x x

Storage shortage inrerouting data file

151 F x x

Storage shortage inMSISDN series analysisdatafile

152 F x x

Parameter value notsupported by this exchange

189 S/D x x

MSISDN does not belong toown country

194 D x x x x

NPREFIX has not got theproper length

196 D x x

NPREFIX does not belongto operator

10967 D x x

MSISDN does not belong tooperator

10968 D x

NPREFIX is additional ownnetwork prefix

10969 D x

Illegal combination ofparameter values

10970 D x

MSISDN does not belong toGSM or WCDMA network

10971 D x x

Storage shortage in seriesrerouting data file

10978 F x

147155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 154: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Maximum number ofsubscriber translationsexceeded

20242 F x

Maximum numberof subscriber seriestranslations exceeded

20243 F x

NPREFIX does not belongto operator

20267 S x x

MSISDN does not belong tooperator

20268 S x

NPREFIX is an additionalown network prefix

20269 S x

Illegal combination ofparameter values

20270 S x

MSISDN does not belong toGSM or WCDMA network

20271 S x x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

External systemcommunication link failure

1001 T/F x x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x x

NE does not exist 2003 F x x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x x x

Operation not supported 3002 S x x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x x x x

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x x

148 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 155: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

License expired 3011 F x x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x x

7.4.4 UMTSPDCSUB

Table 33 FNR for PDC and UMTS support

Descriptions Respcode

Type Create Set Del Get

Successful 0 x x x x

NE ANSWERS (1-199)

MSISDN is not defined 2 D x x x x

MSISDN is prefix of existingMSISDN

11 D x x

There is an MSISDN prefixof existing MSISDN

12 D x x

MSISDN no connected 14 D x x x

Function not supported bythis exchange

75 S x x x x

Storage shortage inMSISDN analysis file

150 F x x

Storage shortage inrerouting datafile

151 F x x

Storage shortage inMSISDN series analysis file

152 F x x

IMSI does not belong toWCDMA network

160 S/D x x

Parameter not supportedby the exchange

191 S x x

IMSI does not belong to theoperator

195 S/D x x

Maximum number ofsubscriptions exceed

199 F x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

External systemcommunication link failure

1001 x x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x x

Inconsistency in NE data 1003 F/D x

149155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 156: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions Respcode

Type Create Set Del Get

IMSI SERIES DOES NOTBELONG TO OPERATOR

10979 D X

NPREFIX NOT ALLOWED 10986 D X X

MSN DOES NOT BELONGTO OPERATOR

10987 D X X

MSN BELONGS TOOPERATOR

10988 D X X

MSN OR SERIES NOTACCEPTED AS SERVICENODE ADDRESS

10989 D X X

ILLEGAL COMBINATIONOF PARAMETER VALUE

10970 D

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x x

NE does not exist 2003 F x x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid Command 3001 S x x x x

Operation not support 3002 S x x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 F x x x x

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x x

150 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 157: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

8 IMSI Change Over

Note: If the user has chosen the Splitted HLR and FNR licence duringinstallation, when doing provisioning towards IMSICH, EMA will causeno data update in FNR and will not query FNR for any information.So, in this case, if there is any data need to be updated in FNR forIMSI changeover, the Operator should update them through FNSUB orNPSUB in addition. See Section 7 on page 123 for detailed informationabout FNR provisioning.

If the user hasn’t chosen the Splitted HLR and FNR licence duringinstallation, when doing provisioning towards IMSICH, EMA will updatedata in FNR also, but the physical implementation of FNR behind HLRwill be hidden for the user.

8.1 Customers Service Orders

An IMSI Change-over procedure is used to replace the subscriber’s SIM-cardwhich has the IMSI burned in. A Change-over procedure comes across somedifferent states before being considered totally executed with no reference tothe old IMSI:

Figure 108 Flow Chart of the IMSI Change-over Process

Note: A forced IMSI Change-over can be performed between different HLRsif it is a flexible numbering network. A delayed IMSI Change-over withexpiry date cannot be performed between different HLRs.

Note: In the case of a delayed IMSI change-over EMA will not be able toautomatically remove the old IMSI reference, that has to be done in aseparate command after the change-over command has triggered.Removal of old IMSI reference can not be done through the IMSICHMO. It has to be done as a SET operation on MO HLRSUB. SeeSection 6.1.7 on page 55.

151155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 158: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

8.1.1 IMSICH - CREATE

The Change-over procedure can be initiated with an activation date (State:‘Pending’). If no date is set the Change-over will take place immediately andEMA will also take care of deleting associated old IMSI automatically

Note: If flexible numbering is used in the network it is recommended that IMSIis used in the create request for performance reason.

Note: If both MSISDN and IMSI number is used in a provisioning operationfrom CAS only IMSI will be used in the provisioning operations that issent to the NE and no check will be performed if the MSISDN and IMSIbelongs to the same subscription.

8.1.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 109 CREATE Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription the IMSIChange-over belongs to.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscription the IMSIChange-over belongs to.

<new_imsi> The IMSI number which will be associated to thesubscription when the Change-over is performed

<yymmdd> Activation date for the new IMSI yy - year (00-99) mm -month (01-12) dd - day (01-31)

8.1.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 110 Response

<trans_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Section 8.3 on page 159 for response codes.

152 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 159: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

8.1.1.3 Examples

Message request to initiate an IMSI Change-over for the subscriptionwith MSISDN 46455381234. The Change-over leads to thenew IMSI 12345678944444 and will be performed latest 1stof March 2003: CREATE:IMSICH:MSISDN, 46455381234:NIMSI,12345678944444:DATE,010303;

Unsuccessful message response, there is already a Change-over proceduredefined for this subscription: RESP:63;

Message request to initiate the same IMSI Change-over immediately:CREATE:IMSICH: MSISDN, 46455381234: NIMSI,12345678944444;

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

8.1.2 IMSICH - SET

If the Change-over procedure is in the state ‘Pending’the expiry date may bechanged. In all other states this request will fail. If no date is given this will forcethe Change-over procedure to be executed immediately.

Note: If flexible numbering is used in the network it is recommended thatNIMSI is used in the change request for performance reason.

Note: If both MSISDN and NIMSI number are used in a provisioning operationfrom CAS, only NIMSI will be used in the provisioning operations that issent to the NE and no check will be performed if the MSISDN and IMSIbelong to the same subscription.

8.1.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 111 SET Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the SET provisioning operation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription the IMSIChange-over belongs to.

<new_imsi> The IMSI number which has been associated to thesubscription when the Change-over was ordered.

<yymmdd> Activation date for the new IMSI yy - year (00-99) mm -month (01-12) dd - day (01-31)

153155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 160: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

8.1.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 112 Response Code

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> See Section 8.3 on page 159 for response codes.

8.1.2.3 Examples

Message request to change the activation date of an IMSI Change-over forthe subscription with MSISDN 46455381234. Now the Change-over will beperformed latest 1st of April 2001:

SET:IMSICH: MSISDN, 46455381234:DATE,010401;

Unsuccessful message response, the date is not acceptable (already passed):RESP: 42;

Message request to force the execution of the still pending Change-overprocedure:

SET:IMSICH: MSISDN, 46455381234;

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

8.1.3 IMSICH - GET

Note: It is recommended to handle the display request so that CAS will notbe affected by new HLR releases. This can be done by sending onlyused services in the display request. If a full response syntax is used,the results will be different depending on which release of the HLR therequest have been sent to.

Note: If flexible numbering is used in the network it is recommended thatNIMSI is used in the display request for performance reason.

In order to display Change-over data the procedure must be either in state‘Pending’, ‘Forced’or ‘Executed’.

154 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 161: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

8.1.3.1 Request syntax

Figure 113 Request command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription the IMSIChange-over belongs to.

<new_imsi> The IMSI number which will be associated to thesubscription when the Change-over is performed

<data_filter> Name of parameters wanted back in response.

8.1.3.2 Response syntax

Figure 114 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> See Section 8.3 on page 159 for response codes.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription the IMSIChange-over belongs to.

<new_imsi> The IMSI number which will be associated to thesubscription when the Change-over is performed.

<old_imsi> The old IMSI number which are associated to thesubscription before the Change-over is performed.

<state> • PEND

Indicates that Change-over is ‘pending’

• EXEC

155155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 162: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Indicates that Change-over is ‘executed’

• FORCED

Indicates that Change-over is ‘forced’

<yymmdd> Activation date for the new IMSI yy - year (00-99), mm -month (01-12), dd - day (01-31)

8.1.3.3 Examples

Request to display the ongoing IMSI Change-over of the subscription withthe MSISDN 46455381234:

GET:IMSICH: MSISDN, 46455381234;

Successful message response:

The Change-over leads to the new IMSI 12345678955555 is pending to the1st of March 2001.

RESP:0: IMSI,123456789012: NIMSI,12345678955555: MSISDN,46455381234: STATE,PEND:DATE,010301;

Unsuccessful message response:

No IMSI Change-over procedure is defined for the specified subscription:

RESP:14;

8.1.4 IMSICH - DELETE

This request will stop the IMSI Change-over if it is still pending, otherwise therequest will fail.

Note: If flexible numbering is used in the network it is recommended thatNIMSI is used in the delete request for performance reason.

Note: If both MSISDN and NIMSI number is used in a provisioning operationfrom CAS only NIMSI will be used in the provisioning operations thatis sent to the NE and no check will be performed if the MSISDN andNIMSI belongs to the same subscription.

When flexible numbering is used in the network this command must be followedby a manual rollback of the flexible numbering database, new IMSI must bechanged back to the old IMSI.

156 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 163: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

8.1.4.1 Request Syntax

Figure 115 DELETE Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<msisdn> The MSISDN number of the subscription the IMSIChange-over belongs to.

<new_imsi> The IMSI number which has been associated to thesubscription when the Change-over was ordered.

8.1.4.2 Response Syntax

Figure 116 Response Code

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> See Section 8.3 on page 159 for response codes.

8.1.4.3 Examples

Message request to delete the pending IMSI Change-over for the subscriptionwith MSISDN 46455381234:

DELETE:IMSICH:MSISDN, 46455381234;

Successful message response:

RESP: 0;

Unsuccessful message response, there is no Change-over pending:

RESP:14;

8.2 Request and Response Parameters

Use Case specifies in which cases the parameter can be applied:

C - (Create) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment iscreated.

S - (Set) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment is modified.

157155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 164: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

D - (Delete) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment isdeleted.

G - (Get) Parameter can take a value in the Get request for retrieving asubscription/equipment.

F - (Filter) Parameter can be used as filter in a Get request to indicate that wewant to retrieve the current value of this parameter.

R - (Returned) Parameter may be returned with a value in the answer to a Getrequest (depends on request issued and filter specified).

If a certain parameter is belonging to a Sub-MO the use case could also showin which sub-operation(s) the parameter can be used:

c - (Define, (create)) Parameter can be used in a DEF sub-operation.

s - (Set) Parameter can be used in a SET sub-operation.

d - (Delete) Parameter can be used in a DEL sub-operation.

These three sub-operation use case identifiers (c, s, d) will always appeardirectly after a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows whichsub-operations that are allowed in corresponding main operation.

If a certain parameter is belonging to a list value which can be seen as asimplified sub-MO the use case could also show in which sub-operation(s)the parameter can be used:

+ Parameter as a value can be added to a list attribute.

- Parameter as a value can be deleted from a list attribute.

These two sub-operation use case identifiers (+, -) will always appear directlyafter a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows which sub-operationsthat are allowed in corresponding main operation.

For example, use case: "CcScsdR" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed in a DEF sub-operation, in Set the parameter is allowedin DEF, SET or DEL sub-operation, in Delete it is not allowed at all and theparameter may be returned in the answer to a Get request.

For example, use case: "C+S-R" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed to be added to a list attribute, in a Set operation theparameter is allowed to be deleted from a list attribute and the parameter maybe returned in the answer to a Get request.

158 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 165: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Table 34 IMSI Change-over Parameters

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

DATE date:yymmdd where CSRF

yy is a numeral 00 - 99

mm is a numeral 01 - 12

dd is a numeral 01 - 31

IMSI 6-15 digits CRF

MSISDN 5-15 digits CSDGRF

NIMSI 6-15 digits CSDGRF

STATE PEND RF

EXEC

FORCED

8.3 IMSICH Message Response

Here follows a description of the possible message response codes that can bereceived in a message response. The tables contain a column Type, indicatingthe seriousness/category of each response. Available categories are

• Syntax error (S)

• Temporary error (T)

• Faulty data (D)

• Fatal error (F)

and they can be used as a guide line in error management procedures. Suitableactions are indicated in Section 15 on page 249.

Table 35 IMSICH

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Successful 0 x x x x

NE ANSWERS (1-199)

IMSI already defined 1 D x

Lack of storage space inIMSI analysis file

4 F x

Subscriber authenticationdata not found

6 F x

159155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 166: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

No connection toauthentication centre

7 T/F x

Time out while fetchingauthentication data

8 T/F x

IMSI is prefix of existing IMSI 9 D x

There is an IMSI prefix of theIMSI

10 D x

MSISDN is prefix of existingMSISDN

11 D x

There is a MSISDN prefix ofthe MSISDN

12 D x

IMSI is not defined 13 D x x x x

MSISDN is not defined 14 D x x x x

Date not acceptable 42 D x x

No pending change-over 46 D/S x x

MSISDN type incorrect 53 D/S x x x

Change-over alreadyinitiated

63 D/S x

Change-over not initiated 64 D/S x x

Change-over alreadyexecuted

65 D/S x x

Storage shortage inchange-over data file

70 F x

Subscriber disconnection inprocess

73 S/D x x x

A pending IMSI change-overprocedure can not beinitialized between two HLRs

191 F x

A move between two HLRsnot allowed when MSISDNnot in FNR

192 F x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

External systemcommunication link failure

1001 T/F x x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x x

Inconsistency in NE data 1003 F x x x x

160 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 167: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x x x

Operation not supported 3002 S x x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x x x x

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x x

161155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 168: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

162 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 169: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

9 AUC Subscription

9.1 Composite Parameter Definitions

This chapter explains the details of different parameters that can be used inCSOs. Due to editorial reasons this has been a section of its own in order tosimplify the readability of Section 9.2 on page 165. Terms and expressionsare fetched from the following:

a See reference: Home Translation Functions Changeable ExchangeAdaption (HTRAN)

b See reference: Interworking Subscriber Data Translation ChangeableExchange Adaptation (ISDTRAN)

c See reference: System Operations Manual

d See reference: Application Information block ASD

e See reference: Application Information block AMAPTC

f See reference: Application Information block AGEN

g See reference: SOG-MC Generic Interface Specification

h See reference: Authentication Centre, Key Data, Define

CAI supports two different types of AUC: SEMA AUC and AXE based AUC-10.The two AUC differs in the respect of parameters. Where there are differencesthe document will give one description for each type.

9.1.1 Decrypting Algorithm

The decrypting algorithm is used when decrypting the subscriber’sauthentication key (Ki).

Figure 117 The Decrypting Algorithm

<version_number> The version number of the Ad algorithm used to decryptKi

<key_index> The index of the key to be used in association with theDEA 1 version of the algorithm Ad

163155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 170: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Note: AD is mandatory for SEMA AUC and not valid for AUC-10. However,CAS can still send this parameter to EMA where action is takenautomatically to ignore it if the affected NE is a AUC-10.

9.1.1.1 Setting Decrypting Algorithm

The setting of the decrypting algorithm is done when creating an AUCsubscriber (operation CREATE on the MO object AUCSUB), e.g.,

CREATE:AUCSUB:...:AD, 1: ADKEY, 1:....

This indicates the AUC uses Ad algorithm version 1 and point to key number 1.

9.1.2 Authentication Algorithms

The authentication algorithm is used to generate the ciphering key (Kc) andthe authentication response (SRES), which are used during call setup andcall decrypting.

A ciphering algorithm argument is defined as follows:

Figure 118 The Authentication Algorithm

<a4_version_number>

The version number of the A4 algorithm

<a38_version_number>

The version number of the A38 algorithm (for SEMAAUC and AUC 10 GSM)

<fset_ind> Function SET INDicator (only for WCDMA)

9.1.2.1 Setting Authentication Algorithm

The setting of the authentication algorithm is done when creating aAUC subscription (operation CREATE on the NE object AUCSUB), e.g.,CREATE:AUCSUB:...:A38,3:....

This indicates the AUC uses A38 algorithm version 3 to generate SRES.

9.1.3 Additional Algorithm Specific Information

Note: This section is only applicable for SEMA AUC. However, CAS can stillsend this parameter to EMA where action is taken automatically toignore it if the affected NE is a AUC-10.

164 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 171: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

The standard authentication algorithms take a random number (RAND) anda security key (Ki) as input to the algorithm and produce a signed response(SRES) and encrypherment key (Kc). The additional information is used as athird input to the algorithm and can therefore be used for customer specificauthentication algorithms. The main benefit is to enhance the security of suchalgorithms.

The additional information field is therefore treated as a secure field in a similarmanner to the Ki.

Figure 119 The Additional Algorithm

<addinfo> Specific authentication algorithm information.

9.1.3.1 Setting Additional Algorithm

The setting of the additional algorithm is done when creating an AUCsubscription (operation CREATE on the NE object AUCSUB), e.g.,CREATE:AUCSUB:...:ADDINFO,10258ade:... . The field consists of eighthexadecimal digits, where valid values are “0-9”, “a-f” and “A-F”.

9.2 Customers Service Orders

Note: The parameter sequence in CAI command is independent of theparameter sequence in MML command.

9.2.1 AUCSUB - CREATE

9.2.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 120 CREATE Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscriber to be defined.

165155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 172: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<authentication_key>

The authentication key of the subscriber to be defined.

<Decrypt Algorithm>

The decrypting algorithm that should be used to decryptKi, Section 9.1.1 on page 163

<AuthenticationAlgorithm>

The ciphering algorithm that should be used to generatethe ciphering key (Kc) and the signed response (SRES),see Section 9.1.2 on page 164.

<Add info> See Section 9.1.3 on page 164.

<ki> Encrypted Subscriber Authentication key.

<amf> Authentication Management Field (0-65535 or“DEFAULT”) this parameter is for WCDMA only.

9.2.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 121 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Section 9.4 on page 172 for response codes.

9.2.1.3 Examples

Message request to define an SEMA AUC subscription with the followingproperties:

IMSI 123456789012345

Ki 12345678901234567890123456789012

Ad version 1

Ad key 1

A38 version 2

CREATE:AUCSUB:IMSI, 123456789012345:KI,12345678901234567890123456789012:AD,1: ADKEY,1: A38,2;

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

Unsuccessful message response, the subscriber already exists:

166 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 173: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

RESP:301;

9.2.2 AUCSUB - SET

9.2.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 122 SET Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the SET provisioning operation.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the defined subscriber.

<amf> Authentication Management Field (0-65535 or“DEFAULT”) this parameter is for WCDMA only.

9.2.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 123 Response Code

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> See Section 9.4 on page 172 for response codes.

9.2.2.3 Examples

Message request to change the Authentication Management Field of an AUCfor the subscriber with IMSI 123456789012345:

SET:AUCSUB: IMSI, 123456789012345:AMF,34741;

Unsuccessful message response, if no WCDMA subscriber is defined: RESP:336;

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

9.2.3 AUCSUB - GET

Note: It is recommended to handle the display request so that CAS will notbe affected by new AUC releases. This can be done by sending onlyused services in the display request. If a full response syntax is used,the results will be different depending on which release of the AUC therequest have been sent to.

167155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 174: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

9.2.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 124 GET Command

Note: AD is not applicable for AUC-10.

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<imsi> The exact IMSI number of a subscriber.

<aka_type> Authentication and Key Agreement (AKA) type.

9.2.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 125 Response

Note: AD is not applicable for AUC-10.

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> See Section 9.4 on page 172 for response codes.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the subscriber.

<aka_type> Authentication and Key Agreement (AKA) type.

<a4_vernum> A4 algorithm version number.

<a38_vernum> A38 algorithm version number.

<version_num> Ad algorithm version.

168 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 175: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<key_index> The index of the key to be used in association with theDEA 1 version of the algorithm Ad.

<ki> Encrypted Subscriber Authentication key.

<fset_ind> Function set indicator (only for WCDMA).

<amf> Authentication Management Field (0-65535) thisparameter is for AUC 10 WCDMA only.

9.2.3.3 Examples

Message request to get an SEMA AUC subscription with the followingproperties:

IMSI 123456789012345

GET:AUCSUB:IMSI,123456789012345;

Successful message response: RESP: 0:IMSI,123456789012345:A38,1:AD,1:ADKEY,1;

IMSI 123456789012345

A38 2

Ad 1

Ad key 1

Unsuccessful message response, the subscriber does not exists:

RESP:302;

9.2.4 AUCSUB - DELETE

9.2.4.1 Request Syntax

Figure 126 DELETE Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<imsi> The IMSI number of the defined subscriber.

169155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 176: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

9.2.4.2 Response Syntax

Figure 127 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Section 9.4 on page 172 for response codes.

9.2.4.3 Examples

Message request to delete an AUC subscription with the IMSI123456789012345:

DELETE:AUCSUB:IMSI, 123456789012345;

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

Unsuccessful message response, the subscriber does not exist: RESP:302;

9.3 Request and Response Parameters

Use Case specifies in which cases the parameter can be applied:

C - (Create) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment iscreated.

S - (Set) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment is modified.

D - (Delete) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment isdeleted.

G - (Get) Parameter can take a value in the Get request for retrieving asubscription/equipment.

F - (Filter) Parameter can be used as filter in a Get request to indicate that wewant to retrieve the current value of this parameter.

R - (Returned) Parameter may be returned with a value in the answer to a Getrequest (depends on request issued and filter specified).

If a certain parameter is belonging to a Sub-MO the use case could also showin which sub-operation(s) the parameter can be used:

c - (Define, (create)) Parameter can be used in a DEF sub-operation.

s - (Set) Parameter can be used in a SET sub-operation.

170 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 177: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

d - (Delete) Parameter can be used in a DEL sub-operation.

These three sub-operation use case identifiers (c, s, d) will always appeardirectly after a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows whichsub-operations that are allowed in corresponding main operation.

If a certain parameter is belonging to a list value which can be seen as asimplified sub-MO the use case could also show in which sub-operation(s)the parameter can be used:

+ Parameter as a value can be added to a list attribute.

- Parameter as a value can be deleted from a list attribute.

These two sub-operation use case identifiers (+, -) will always appear directlyafter a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows which sub-operationsthat are allowed in corresponding main operation.

For example, use case: "CcScsdR" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed in a DEF sub-operation, in Set the parameter is allowedin DEF, SET or DEL sub-operation, in Delete it is not allowed at all and theparameter may be returned in the answer to a Get request.

For example, use case: "C+S-R" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed to be added to a list attribute, in a Set operation theparameter is allowed to be deleted from a list attribute and the parameter maybe returned in the answer to a Get request.

Table 36 AUC Subscription Parameters

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

IMSI 6-15 digits CDGRFS

KI 32 hexadecimal digits CRF

A4 0-7 (excluded in SEMA AUC, included in R8) CRF

AKATYPE integer 0-1. Default value is: a. 0 if only GSMAKA type is supported by the exchange. b. 1if only WCDMA AKA type supported by theexchange. c. Default value is determined byan AXE parameter if both GSM and WCDMAAKA types are supported by the exchange.

GFR

0 = GSM

1 = WCDMA

AMF 0-65535, “DEFAULT” (included in R10) CSRF

A38 0-15 CRF

FSETIND 0-15 CRF

AD 0-127(excluded in AUC-10) CRF

ADKEY 0-255(SEMA AUC) CRF

171155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 178: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

0-511(AUC-10)

ADDINFO 8 hexadecimal digits (excluded in AUC-10) C

Note: AD and ADDINFO are not applicable for AUC-10. However, CAS canstill send this parameter to EMA where action is taken automatically toignore it if the affected NE is a AUC-10.

9.4 AUCSUB Message Response

Here follows a description of the possible message response codes that can bereceived in a message response. The tables contain a column Type, indicatingthe seriousness/category of each response. Available categories are

• Syntax error (S)

• Temporary error (T)

• Faulty data (D)

• Fatal error (F)

and they can be used as a guide line in error management procedures. Suitableactions are indicated in Section 15 on page 249.

Table 37 AUCSUB

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Successful 0 x x x x

NE ANSWERS (301 -349)

Data already exist for key 301 D x

Subscriber does not exist 302 D x x x

Unknown algorithm versionnumber

303 S/D x

Command Restricted DuringDump

307 F x x x x

Adkey not defined 308 D x

Storage shortage in IMSIanalysis file

309 F x

Storage shortage insubscriber data file

310 F x

Key data operation inprogress

312 S/D x x

172 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 179: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Subscription operation inprogress

313 D x x

Maximum number ofsubscriptions exceeded

314 F x

A4IND not supported 315 D x

Key data change in progress 316 T x

Key data change pending 317 T x

Customer key operation inprogress

320 T x

Functionality not supportedby this exchange

324 D x x

FSETIND only supported forAUC WCDMA

327 T/F x

OP change in process 330 T x

AKA Algorithm change inprogress

332 D x x

AKA Algorithm changepending

333 D x x

WCDMA IMSI series notdefined

334 D x

No WCDMA subscribersdefined

336 D x x

No WCDMA subscribersdefined for specified fset

337 D x x

Subscription data changepending

340 D x x

No subscription data changepending

341 D x x

NE response is series, noIMSI matched

349 D x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

Ext. system communicationlink failure

1001 T/F x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x

173155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 180: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x

NE does not exist 2003 F x x x x

Operation conflict withON/OFF/OFF-STORE statusof NE

2004 F/D x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x x

Operation not supported 3002 S x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x x x

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x

174 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 181: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

10 EIR Subscription

10.1 Customers Service Orders

10.1.1 EIREQU Subscription

This chapter describes the EIR equipment subscription.

Note: The parameter sequence in CAI command is independent of theparameter sequence in MML command.

10.1.1.1 EIREQU - CREATE

10.1.1.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 128 CREATE Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<imei_number> The start IMEI number of the equipment range to bedefined.

<end_serial_number>

The End Serial number of the equipment range to bedefined.

<list_type> The list type of equipment to be defined. Values 0-9are valid. The definition of the lists is site specific andmapped against the status of the lists internally in theEIR. For example can <list_type>= 1 mean ‘StolenPhone’ and be mapped against the status ‘grey list’.

10.1.1.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 129 Response

175155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 182: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<trans_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Table 42 on page 189 for response codes.

10.1.1.1.3 Examples

Message request to define an equipment range with the following properties:

IMEI 123456789012340

ESN 901240

LISTTYPE 1

CREATE:EIREQU:IMEI, 1234567890123456: ESN, 901240: LISTTYPE, 1;

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

Unsuccessful message response, part or all of equipment range already exists:RESP:202;

10.1.1.2 EIREQU - GET

This command allows the user to retrieve either the active EIR equipment list orall lists for a single equipment.

Note: It is recommended to handle the display request so that CAS will notbe affected by new EIR releases. This can be done by sending onlyused services in the display request. If a full response syntax is used,the results will be different depending on which release of the EIR therequest have been sent to.

10.1.1.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 130 GET Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<imei> The IMEI number of the equipment to be retrieved.

176 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 183: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

10.1.1.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 131 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> See Table 42 on page 189 for response codes.

<imei> The IMEI number of the equipment to be retrieved.

<list_type > The list type of equipment to be retrieved. Values 0-9are valid. The definition of the lists is site specific andmapped against the status of the lists internally in theEIR. For example can <list_type>= 1 mean ‘StolenPhone’ and be mapped against the status ‘black list’.

<status> The status that the displayed equipment is active in.Following values are valid:

-1 - unknown

0 - white list

1 - black list

2 - grey list

10.1.1.2.3 Examples

Message request to retrieve an equipment with the following properties:

IMEI 123456789012340

GET:EIREQU:IMEI,123456789012340:LISTTYPES;

Successful message response: RESP:0:IMEI,1234567890123456:LISTTYPES,1,2;

The response indicates that the equipment is registered for both list type 1and list type 2.

GET:EIREQU:IMEI,123456789012340:LISTTYPE:STATUS;

Successful message response: RESP:0:IMEI,123456789012340:LISTTYPE,7:STATUS,0;

177155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 184: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

The response indicates that the equipment is active in the white list for listtype 7.

Unsuccessful message response, part or all of equipment range does not exist:RESP:203;

10.1.1.3 EIREQU - DELETE

10.1.1.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 132 DELETE Command

<trans_id > The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<imei_number> The start IMEI number of the equipment to be deleted.

<end_serial_number>

The End Serial number of the equipment range to bedeleted.

<list_type> The list type of equipment to be deleted. Values 0-9are valid. The definition of the lists is site specific andmapped against the status of the lists internally in theEIR. For example can <list_type>= 1 mean ‘StolenPhone’ and be mapped against the status ‘black list’.

10.1.1.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 133 Response

<trans_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Table 42 on page 189 for response codes.

10.1.1.3.3 Examples

Message request to delete an equipment range with the following properties:

178 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 185: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

IMEI 123456789012340

ESN 901240

LISTTYPE 1

DELETE:EIREQU:IMEI, 1234567890123456: ESN, 901240: LISTTYPE, 1;

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

Unsuccessful message response, part or all of equipment range does not exist:RESP:203;

10.1.2 EIRMST Subscription

This chapter describes the EIR Mobile Station subscription.

Note: The parameter sequence in CAI command is independent of theparameter sequence in MML command.

10.1.2.1 EIRMST - CREATE

10.1.2.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 134 CREATE Command

<trans_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<imei_number> The IMEI number.

<imsi_number> The IMSI number.

<svn> The Software version number.

Note: svn will be ignored by EMA if it equals to 0.

179155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 186: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

10.1.2.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 135 Response

<trans_id> The transaction id of the CREATE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> SeeTable 43 on page 190 for response codes.

10.1.2.1.3 Examples

Message request to define a Mobile Station with the following properties:

IMEI 123456789012340

IMSI 123456789012345

SVN 2

CREATE:EIRMST:TRANSID,1:IMEI,123456789012340:IMSI,123456789012345:SVN,2;

Successful message response: RESP:TRANSID,all:0;

10.1.2.2 EIRMST - GET

10.1.2.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 136 GET Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<imei_number> The IMEI number.

<imsi_number> The IMSI number.

<svn> The Software version number.

Note: svn will be ignored by EMA if it equals to 0.

180 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 187: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

10.1.2.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 137 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<resp_code> See Table 43 on page 190 for response codes.

<imei_number> The IMEI number .

<imsi_number> The IMSI number.

10.1.2.2.3 Examples

Message request to retrieve a Mobile Station with the following properties:

IMEI 123456789012340

SVN 2

GET:EIRMST:TRANSID,1:IMEI,123456789012340:SVN,2;

Successful message response: RESP:0:IMEI,123456789012340:IMSI,123456789012345;

10.1.2.3 EIRMST - DELETE

10.1.2.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 138 DELETE Command

<transaction_id> The transaction id of the operation.

<imei_number> The IMEI number.

<svn> The Software version number.

Note: svn will be ignored by EMA if it equals to 0.

181155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 188: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

10.1.2.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 139 Response

<trans_id> The transaction id of the DELETE provisioningoperation.

<resp_code> See Table 43 on page 190 for response codes.

10.1.2.3.3 Examples

Message request to delete a Mobile Station with the following properties:

IMEI 123456789012340

SVN 2

DELETE:EIRMST:TRANSID,1:IMEI,123456789012340:SVN,2;

Successful message response: RESP: 0;

10.1.3 EIR IMRC Subscription

IMRC maintains the internal roamers database table, creates foreign roamerreports, and transfers these reports to an external system.

10.1.3.1 EIRIMRC — SET

10.1.3.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 140 SET Command

<object_id> The object id of the operation.

<thrd_id> The id of the threshold for the object.

<tel_num> The threshold exceeded limit.

<rwl_num> The returned value within limit for a threshold.

<action> The value is the wanted action for IMRC object.

182 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 189: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

10.1.3.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 141 Response

<resp_code> See Table 43 on page 190

10.1.3.2 EIRMRC — GET

10.1.3.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 142 GET Command

<object_id> The object id of the operation.

10.1.3.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 143 Response

<object_id> The object id of the operation.

<primId> The primary backup of IMRC object id.

183155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 190: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<secndId> The secondary backup of IMRC object id.

<usercount> The number of objects used by this object.

<class> The object class of the used object.

<provdcount> The number of objects to which this object provides aservice.

<provdclass> The object class of the object that a service is providedfor.

<operstate> The operational status.

<adminstate> The administrative state of a object.

<health> Ok or failed.

<thrdcount> The number of thresholds for the object.

<thrdId> The id of a threshold for the object.

<tel> The threshold exceeded limit.

<rwl> The returned value within limit for a threshold.

<sbuff> The number of internal buffers allocated to the object.

<objectversion> The version number of the object being run.

10.1.4 EIRMKEY

This chapter describes the EIR identification of a Mobile Station.

Note: The parameter sequence in CAI command is independent of theparameter sequence in MML command.

10.1.4.1 EIRMKEY – GET

10.1.4.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 144 GET Command

<msisdn> The phone number of the mobile station.

184 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 191: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<imsi> The unique identifier for a SIM card.

<startdate> The earliest date on which to search an IMEI Track logfile for a matching IMEI.

<enddate> The latest date on which to search an IMEI Track log filefor a matching IMEI.

10.1.4.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 145 Response

<resp_code> See Table 45 on page 193 for response codes.

<imsi> The unique identifier for a SIM card.

<imei> A unique identifier for the handset comprising:

• 6-digit TAC.

• 2-digit FAC.

• 6-digit serial number.

• 1-digit spare digit (must be 0).

10.1.4.1.3 Examples

Message request to get an IMEI with the following properties:

MSISDN 123456789123456

IMSI 123456789012345

STARTDATE 20061108

ENDDATE 20061109

GET:EIRMKEY:MSISDN,123456789123456:IMSI,123456789012345:STARTDATE,20061108:ENDDATE,20061109;

Successful message response: RESP: 0:IMSI,123456789012345:IMEI,355991001551465

IMSI 123456789012345

IMEI 2355991001551465

185155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 192: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

10.2 Request and Response Parameters

Use Case specifies in which cases the parameter can be applied:

C - (Create) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment iscreated.

S - (Set) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment is modified.

D - (Delete) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment isdeleted.

G - (Get) Parameter can take a value in the Get request for retrieving asubscription/equipment.

F - (Filter) Parameter can be used as filter in a Get request to indicate that wewant to retrieve the current value of this parameter.

R - (Returned) Parameter may be returned with a value in the answer to a Getrequest (depends on request issued and filter specified).

If a certain parameter is belonging to a Sub-MO the use case could also showin which sub-operation(s) the parameter can be used:

c - (Define, (create)) Parameter can be used in a DEF sub-operation.

s - (Set) Parameter can be used in a SET sub-operation.

d - (Delete) Parameter can be used in a DEL sub-operation.

These three sub-operation use case identifiers (c, s, d) will always appeardirectly after a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows whichsub-operations that are allowed in corresponding main operation.

If a certain parameter is belonging to a list value which can be seen as asimplified sub-MO the use case could also show in which sub-operation(s)the parameter can be used:

+ Parameter as a value can be added to a list attribute.

- Parameter as a value can be deleted from a list attribute.

These two sub-operation use case identifiers (+, -) will always appear directlyafter a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows which sub-operationsthat are allowed in corresponding main operation.

For example, use case: "CcScsdR" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed in a DEF sub-operation, in Set the parameter is allowedin DEF, SET or DEL sub-operation, in Delete it is not allowed at all and theparameter may be returned in the answer to a Get request.

186 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 193: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

For example, use case: "C+S-R" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed to be added to a list attribute, in a Set operation theparameter is allowed to be deleted from a list attribute and the parameter maybe returned in the answer to a Get request.

Table 38 EIR Equipment Parameters

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

IMEI 15-16 digits CDGRF

ESN 6 digits CD

LISTTYPE 0-9(for SEMA V4/V5) CDRF

LISTTYPES 0-9(for SEMA V4/V5) RF

STATUS -1= no list RF

0= white list

1= black list

2 = grey list

Table 39 EIR Mobile Station Parameters

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

IMEI 15 digits (TAC+FAC+SerialNumber) CDGRF

IMSI 15 digits CR

SVN 2 digits CDG

Table 40 EIR IMRC Parameters for Airguide 8.0 and 8.1

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

EIRIMRC

-OBJECTID 8 digits R

-ACTION StringLOCK: locks the administrative state of IMRCobject.UNLOCK: unlocks the administrative state ofIMRC object.DISABLE: disables the executable IMRCobject.ENABLE: enables the executable IMRCobject.SHUTDOWN: performs an orderly shutdownof the IMRC before setting the administrativestate to locked.

S

187155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 194: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

-ADMINSTATE

Integer0: locked1: shutdown2: unlocked

R

-HEALTH Integer0: Ok1: Failed

R

-OBJECTVERSION

String, 8 digits R

-PRIMID Numeric String, 8 digits, could be any IMRCobject ID

R

PROVDCLASS- CLASS

String, 4 R

-PROVDCOUNT

Integer, 1 – 99 R

-PROVDCLASS-OBJECTID

Numeric String, 8 R

-SBUFF Numeric String, 100 – 9999 R

-SECNDID Numeric String, 8, could be any IMRC objectID

R

-THRDCOUNT

Numeric String, 0 – 9 R

-USERCLASS- CLASS

String, 4 R

-USERCOUNT

Numeric String, 1 – 99 R

-USERCLASS-OBJECTID

Numeric String, 8, could be any of executableobject’s ID

R

-THRSID String, 4, For example: BUFF R

-TEL Integer, 1 – 32000. For example: 1400 SR

-RWL Integer, 1 – 32000. For example: 800 SR

Table 41 EIR MKEY Parameters for EIR v9

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

STARTDATE Text, 8, format: YYYYMMDD. G

ENDDATE Text, 8, format: YYYYMMDD G

MSISDN Numeric, 15. G

188 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 195: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute values Use Case

IMEI Numeric, 15, example 123456781234560 where:• TAC 123456• FAC 78• Serial number 123456• Spare digit 0

R

IMSI Numeric, 15. R

10.3 Message Response

Here follows a description of the possible message response codes that can bereceived in a message response. The tables contain a column Type, indicatingthe seriousness/category of each response. Available categories are

• Syntax error (S)

• Temporary error (T)

• Faulty data (D)

• Fatal error (F)

and they can be used as a guide line in error management procedures. Suitableactions are indicated in Section 15 on page 249.

Table 42 EIREQU

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create

Del Get

Successful 0 x x x

NE ANSWERS (201-299)

Equipment not known 201 D x

Part or all equipment rangealready exists

202 D/S x

Part or all of equipmentrange does not exist

203 D/S x

Range of IMEIs must notoverlap with any other

204 D/S x

Start of range must be lessthan or equal to the end ofrange

205 D/S x x

TAC and FAC fields cannotbe updated

206 D/S x

189155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 196: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create

Del Get

Equipment not found in anylist in the default searchorder

207 D x

Invalid argument 1 208 D/S x x x

Cannot parse action request 209 D/S x x x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

Ext. system communicationlink failure

1001 T/F x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x x

Operation not supported 3002 S x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x x x

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x

Table 43 EIRMST

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Del Get

Successful 0 x x x

NE ANSWERS (201-299)

Equipment not known 201 D x

Part or all equipment rangealready exists

202 D/S x

190 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 197: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Del Get

Part or all of equipmentrange does not exist

203 D/S x

Range of IMEIs must notoverlap with any other

204 D/S x

Start of range must be lessthan or equal to the end ofrange

205 D/S x x

TAC and FAC fields cannotbe updated

206 D/S x

Equipment not found in anylist in the default searchorder

207 D x

Invalid argument 1 208 D/S x x x

Cannot parse action request 209 D/S x x x

Invalid object id 210 D/S x x x

Wrong number arguments 211 D/S x x x

Mobile station with this IMEI(and SVN) does not exist

212 D/S x x

Mobile station with this IMEI(and SVN) already exist

213 D/S x

Other User Database Error 290 D/S x x

Unknown EIR error 291 D/S x x x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

Ext. system communicationlink failure

1001 T/F x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x x

Operation not supported 3002 S x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x x x

191155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 198: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Del Get

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x

Table 44 EIRIMRC

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Get

Can not parse action request 209 D x x x

Invalid Object id 210 D x x x

Wrong number arguments 211 D x x x

Object is locked 230 D x x

Object is unlocked 231 D x x

Object is not unlocked 232 D x x

Object is already disabled 233 D x x

Object is not disabled 234 D x x

Object is disabled 235 D x x

Other user database error 290 D x x

Unknown EIR error 291 D x x x

Other Non-Database Error 292 D x x

Ext. system communicationlink failure

1001 T/F x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x x

Operation not supported 3002 S x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x x x

192 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 199: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Get

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x

Table 45 EIRMKEY

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Get

Invalid Argument 208 D x

Can not parse action request 209 D x

Invalid Object id 210 D x

Wrong number arguments 211 D x

Other Fault 292 D x

Unknown EIR error 291 D x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

Ext. system communicationlink failure

1001 T/F x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid command 3001 S x x x

Operation not supported 3002 S x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 S x x x

Invalid argument or out of range 3005 S x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x

193155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 200: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Get

License expired 3011 F x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x

194 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 201: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

11 CMS11HLR Subscription

11.1 Composite Parameter Definitions

This chapter explains the details of different parameters that can be used inCSOs. Due to editorial reasons this has been a section of its own in order tosimplify the readability of Section 11.2 on page 196.

11.1.1 LIA List

The list of LIAs for subscriber.

11.1.1.1 Syntax of Defining LIA list

Figure 146 Syntax of Defining LIA List

<lia> Limited Area. This parameter enables the subscriber tobe restricted to one or more Limited Areas (LIA), wherethe service is available within the specified LIA(s), butnot outside of them. A LIA is a logical area that mayspan more than one MSC.

11.1.1.2 Syntax of retrieved LIA list

Figure 147 Syntax of retrieved LIA List

<lia> Limited Area. This parameter enables the subscriber tobe restricted to one or more Limited Areas (LIA), wherethe service is available within the specified LIA(s), butnot outside of them. A LIA is a logical area that mayspan more than one MSC.

11.1.1.3 Example

Defining LIA list

...:LIALIST, DEF, 1, DEF, 2, DEF, 3: ...

RESP:0: ...:LIALIST, 1, 2, 3: ...

195155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 202: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

11.2 Customers Service Orders

Note: The parameter sequence in CAI command is independent of theparameter sequence in MML command.

11.2.1 CMS11HLRSUB - CREATE

11.2.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 148 CREATE Command

Note:

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the CREATE operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<CDMA> The air interface the of the user.

<PCODE> Procedure Passcode. the default value is 0000. It is asecurity measure to prevent unauthorized users frommodifying certain subscriber services.

196 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 203: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<PORTIN> Ported-in Subscription. This parameter definesa subscription as a ported-in subscription. If thisparameter is omitted, the subscription is defined as anHLR-owned subscription.

<authperunit> Assigns an Authentication Period on a subscriber basis,0-7.

<rdg> Restrict Digits Group. It allows operators to restrictcertain calls made by subscribers by specifying adirectory number to which all calls will be redirected if abarring service is activated, 1-16 digits.

<denauthperunit> Assigns a Denied Authentication Period on a subscriberbasis.

<sclgrp> Service Class Group designation, 1-250 characters.

<srnb> Mobile Station Serial Number (8 hexadecimal digits).The default value is FFFFFFFF.

<vmsnb> Fixed Voice Mail System Number for call transfer tovoice mail (1-20 diallable characters).

<winact> Dynamic WIN Feature Activation, “0” or “1”.

<wincap> Dynamic WIN Feature Capability, “0” or “1”. If set to “0”,then the value for WINACT is implicitly set to “0” andshould not be specified in the command.

<List of SCLs> List of Service Class. See Section 11.4 on page 208.

<lialist> See Section 11.1.1 on page 195.

<haid> Home Area Identifier. Possible values for HAID is[0..100,000]. Default value: [0]. (0 means that no HomeArea is assigned for the subscriber).

11.2.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 149 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the CREATE transaction.

<resp_code> See Section 11.5 on page 219.

11.2.1.3 Examples

Message request to create a subscriber with the following properties:

197155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 204: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

This CAI commands will connect the SNB and IMSI and provide the followingHLR services:

• CAW, Call Waiting is provided and activated.

• TBF, Call transfer on busy, fixed is provided, activated and the C-numberis 5143457901.

• LIALIST, limiting subscriber to the Areas 1, 2 and 3.

• CPDS service is provided and activated with service level 2 and Quality ofService 15–15.

• HTL is provided and activated with the Hotline services, and with theHotline number 2272500001.

• HAID, set the Home Area to 1.

CREATE: CMS11HLRSUB:IMSI, 310_00_5143457915:SNB,5143457900:TBF,1,1,5143457901: LIALIST,DEF,1,DEF,2,DEF,3:HTL,1,1,2272500001:CPDS,2,1,15,15:HAID,1;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, subscriber already exists: RESP:15037;

198 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 205: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

11.2.2 CMS11HLRSUB - SET

11.2.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 150 SET Command

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the SET operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<sclpass> The possible value is "1". All Service Classes assignedto a given class group or default profile with an activitystatus will be de-activated.

199155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 206: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<authperunit> Assigns an Authentication Period on a subscriber basis,0-7.

<rdg> Restrict Digits Group. It allows operators to restrictcertain calls made by subscribers by specifying adirectory number to which all calls will be redirected if abarring service is activated, 1-16 digits.

<denauthperunit> Assigns a Denied Authentication Period on a subscriberbasis.

<sclgrp> Service Class Group designation, 1-250 characters.This parameter is not allowed if SCLGRP_OR is set.

<sclgrp_or> Service Class Group designation, 1-250 characters.This parameter is not allowed if SCLGRP is set.

<srnb> Mobile Station Serial Number (8 hexadecimal digits).The default value is FFFFFFFF.

<vmsnb> Fixed Voice Mail System Number for call transfer tovoice mail (1-20 diallable characters).

<winact> Dynamic WIN Feature Activation, “0” or “1”.

<wincap> Dynamic WIN Feature Capability, “0” or “1”. If set to “0”,then the value for WINACT is implicitly set to “0” andshould not be specified in the command.

<List of SCLs> List of Service Class. See Section 11.4 on page 208.

<pcode> Procedure passcode.

<exm> Cooperating Exchange Designation.

<lialist> See Section 11.1.1 on page 195.

<haid> Home Area Identifier. Possible values for HAID is[0..100,000]. Default value: [0]. (0 means that no HomeArea is assigned for the subscriber).

<resetpincounter> Resets the number of times that the subscriber canretry to change his PIN.

11.2.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 151 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the SET transaction.

200 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 207: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<resp_code> See Section 11.5 on page 219.

11.2.2.3 Examples

Message request to modify a subscription with the following properties:

SET:CMS11HLRSUB:SNB,5143457900:TBF,1,1,5143457901:LIALIST,DEF,1,DEF,2,DEF,3: HTL,1,1,2272500001:CPDS,2,1,15,15:HAID,2:RESETPINCOUNTER,3;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, Subscription does not exist: RESP:15036;

11.2.3 CMS11HLRSUB - GET

11.2.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 152 GET Command

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long. It can be up to32 diallable digits (which includes * and # characters)in the case of single DIRNUM ranges and if the SNB isnot used as subscriber key.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<List of SCLs> List of Service Class. See Section 11.4 on page 208.

201155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 208: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<lialist> See Section 11.1.1 on page 195.

<haid> Home Area Identifier. Possible values for HAID is[0..100,000]. Default value: [0]. (0 means that no HomeArea is assigned for the subscriber).

<pinfailurecnt> Number of times that the subscriber failed to changehis PIN..

11.2.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 153 GET Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<srnb> Mobile Station Serial Number (8 hexadecimal digits).

<status> Connection Status.

<PCODE> Procedure Passcode. the default value is 0000. It is asecurity measure to prevent unauthorized users frommodifying certain subscriber services.

<mw> Messages Waiting.

<npa> Numbering Plan Area status indicator. 0-2

202 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 209: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<hlrowned> Subscriber number HLR-owned. The availability of thisparameter depends on commercial agreements.

<authperunit> Assigns an Authentication Period on a subscriber basis,0-7.

<denauthperunit> Assigns a Denied Authentication Period on a subscriberbasis.

<airinterface> The air interface.

<loc> Multi value parameter with the format: STATUS, EXM,CCM, POINTCODE, MSCID, PROTOCOL

<vmsnb> Fixed Voice Mail System Number for call transfer tovoice mail (1-20 diallable characters).

<List of SCLs> List of Service Class. See Section 11.4 on page 208.

<lialist> See Section 11.1.1 on page 195.

<haid> Home Area Identifier. Possible values for HAID is[0..100,000]. Default value: [0]. (0 means that no HomeArea is assigned for the subscriber).

<pinfailurecnt> Number of times that the subscriber failed to changehis PIN..

11.2.3.3 Examples

Message request to get the properties of a subscriber:

GET:CMS11HLRSUB :SNB,5143457915;

Successful message response:

RESP:0:IMSI, 310_00_5143457915:SNB, 5143457915: MSNB, 5143457915:PCODE, 1984: SRNB, 00000000: STATUS, CONNECTED: MW,3: HLROWNED, PORTED_IN: AUTHPERIODUNIT, INDEFINITE:DENIEDAUTHPERIODUNIT,"NUMBER OF CALLS": AIRINTERFACE,CDMA: LOC, NOT CONNECTED, , , , , : CNAP,0,1:MWI,7,1:CIN,1:DLQ,0:OCA,0:OLA,1:OPA,4:PIC,0:PINFAILURECNT,2;

Unsuccessful message response, Subscription does not exist: RESP:15036;

203155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 210: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

11.2.4 CMS11HLRSUB - DELETE

11.2.4.1 Request Syntax

Figure 154 DELETE Command

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the DELETE operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<PORTOUT> Subscription Ported-out. The subscription is marked asported out. Any subsequent connection using a portedout subscriber number will be rejected.

11.2.4.2 Response Syntax

Figure 155 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the DELETE transaction.

<resp_code> See Section 11.5 on page 219.

11.2.4.3 Examples

DELETE:CMS11HLRSUB:IMSI,123545643223 :PORTOUT,1;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, Subscriber does not exist: RESP:15036.

11.3 Request and Response Parameters

Use Case specifies in which cases the parameter can be applied:

204 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 211: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

C - (Create) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment iscreated.

S - (Set) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment is modified.

D - (Delete) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment isdeleted.

G - (Get) Parameter can take a value in the Get request for retrieving asubscription/equipment.

F - (Filter) Parameter can be used as filter in a Get request to indicate that wewant to retrieve the current value of this parameter.

R - (Returned) Parameter may be returned with a value in the answer to a Getrequest (depends on request issued and filter specified).

If a certain parameter is belonging to a Sub-MO the use case could also showin which sub-operation(s) the parameter can be used:

c - (Define, (create)) Parameter can be used in a DEF sub-operation.

s - (Set) Parameter can be used in a SET sub-operation.

d - (Delete) Parameter can be used in a DEL sub-operation.

These three sub-operation use case identifiers (c, s, d) will always appeardirectly after a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows whichsub-operations that are allowed in corresponding main operation.

If a certain parameter is belonging to a list value which can be seen as asimplified sub-MO the use case could also show in which sub-operation(s)the parameter can be used:

+ Parameter as a value can be added to a list attribute.

- Parameter as a value can be deleted from a list attribute.

These two sub-operation use case identifiers (+, -) will always appear directlyafter a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows which sub-operationsthat are allowed in corresponding main operation.

For example, use case: "CcScsdR" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed in a DEF sub-operation, in Set the parameter is allowedin DEF, SET or DEL sub-operation, in Delete it is not allowed at all and theparameter may be returned in the answer to a Get request.

For example, use case: "C+S-R" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed to be added to a list attribute, in a Set operation theparameter is allowed to be deleted from a list attribute and the parameter maybe returned in the answer to a Get request.

205155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 212: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Table 46 CMS11HLRSUB Subscription Parameters

Parameters Attribute Values Use Case

AIRINTERFACE “CDMA” or “TDMA” FR

AUTHPERUNIT Assigns an AuthenticationPeriod on a subscriber basis.Values are:0: Not Used1: Per Call2: Hours3: Days4: Weeks5: Per Agreement6: Indefinite (default value) 7:Number of Calls.

CSFR

CDMA 1 C

DENAUTHPERUNIT Assigns a DeniedAuthentication Period on asubscriber basis. Values are:0: Not Used1: Per Call (default value)2: Hours3: Days4: Weeks5: Per Agreement6: Number of Calls7: Minutes

CSFR

EXM String or“UNKNOWN”

S

HAID 0-100 000 (included in R5) CSFR

HLROWNED Possible values are:PORTED_INPORTED_OUTOWNED

FR

IMSI 6-15 digits CSFR

LIALIST Composite parameter.Note:This parameter is mandatory ifthe LIA is specified.

CSFR

LIA Integer (included in R5 only) CSFR

LOC STATUS, EXM, CCM,POINTCODE, MSCID,PROTOCOL

FR

MSNB Mobile Station Number.Consists of exactly 10 digits.

CSFR

206 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 213: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute Values Use Case

MW 0: No messagesinteger: Number of messages

FR

NPA 0: No NPA split1: Min NPA split initiated, noaccess with NPAmin received2: Min NPA split initiated,access with NPAmin received3: Dirnum NPA split initiated4: Min & Dirnum NPA splitinitiated, no access withNPAmin received5: Min & Dirnum NPA splitinitiated, access with NPAminreceived

FR

PCODE 0000-9999 (default value is0000)

C

PINFAILURECNT Integer (included in R5 only) R

PORTIN 1 C

PORTOUT 1 D

RDG 1-16 digits CSFR

RESETPINCOUNTER Integer (included in R5 only) S

SCLGRP 1-250 characters. Not allowedif SCLGRP_OR is set.

CSFR

SCLGRP_OR 1-250 characters. Not allowedif SCLGRP is set.

CSFR

SNB 10 or 11 digits CSFR

SRNB 8 hexadecimal digits. Defaultvalue is FFFFFFFF

CSFR

SCLPASS 1 S

STATUS One of the following value:CONNECTEDNOT CONNECTEDUNDEFINED

FR

WINACT 0-1 CSFR

WINCAP 0-1 CSFR

VMSNB 1-20 digits CSFR

207155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 214: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

11.4 CMS11HLR Subscriber Data Abbreviations

In the table below, Activity indicates that the service needs to be activated.value “0” means the service is set as passive, value “1” means the serviceis active.

C-number indicates if the service has a C-number (“forward to” number).

The value of the subscriber data should be seperated with commas, forexample: TBF,<value>,<activity>,<c-number>

Table 47 CMS11HLR Services

Service Desc. Value Activity C- number

ACB Automatic Call Barring.Automatically applies a specifiedbarring level to outgoing callswhen the subscriber becomesinactive (ex. turns power off).

0-15 x

ABA Abbreviated Alert.It enables the called party to bealerted with a short tone whena call is being forwarded, dueto the activation of the calledparty’s immediate call transferrelated services (CTF, CTV andVMT).Note:Included in R5 only.

0-1 X (Activeby default)

AIN Access to Originating INServices.Allows the HLR to be used asa network access point towardsthe SCP providing subscribers,in this way, access to IN servicesfor all incoming calls. This is anEricsson proprietary service.

0-1

ANT A-number Transfer.Provides subscriber with thenumber identification of thecalling party.

0,1,2 x

APB A-number Presentation Barring.Allows a subscriber to preventhis/her telephone number frombeing displayed when the calledparty has the ANT service.

0-1 x

208 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 215: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

ASU Absent Subscriber Service.Allows the operator to define asubscriber as absent.

0-15

AUH Authentication.Identifies the subscribers mobile phone as beingauthentication-capable. Thisservice is not allowed in a groupprofile.

0-1 x

BIC Barring of Incoming Calls.Allows the operator to barincoming calls to a subscriber, forexample, delinquent accounts.

0-1

BIN Access to Terminating INServices.Allows the HLR to be used asa network access point towardsthe SCP, allowing in this way,operators to bar incoming callsto a subscriber (i.e., in the caseof delinquent account). This isan Ericsson proprietary service.

0-1

CAW Call Waiting.Notifies a subscriber of anincoming call while on anothercall.

0-1 x

CBA Call Barring.Applies a specified barring levelto all of the subscriber s outgoingcalls.

0-63

CCA Subscriber-Controlled AbsentSubscriber Service.Allows a subscriber to indicatethat he/she is absent.

0-15 x

CCB Subscriber-Controlled CodeControl Barring.This service allows a subscriberto apply a specified barring levelto his outgoing calls.

0-15 x

CCC Control Channel Capability.Allows the operator to define thecontrol channel capability of asubscriber s mobile. It can beused to prevent unnecessaryuse of resources in attempting topage the subscriber.

0-3

209155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 216: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

CIN Access to Call Transfer INServices.Allows the HLR to be used asa network access point towardsthe SCP providing access to INservices for all outgoing callswith transfer.

0-1

CNAP Call Name Presentation.Provides mobile subscribers withthe means to have the name ofthe calling party displayed ontheir mobile phone.

0,1,2 x

CNAPRND

Calling Name Presentation andRestriction-Redirecting NameDelivery.Displays both the name of thecalling party and the name of thedialed party on the subscriber smobile phone.

0-1

CPDS CDMA Packet Data Service.Allows communication servicesto access private or public PacketData Networks (PDNs such as,the internet or intranets), usingan air interface provided by thewireless service provider. Alsoallows movement of a wirelessuser engaged in a Packet Datasession. CPDS is replacing PDSand HSD, although these twoservices are kept for backwardcompatibility only.Note:CPDSQOS value is attached tothe service CPDS as::CPDS,x,y,<ap,nap|0>Possible values for CPDDSQOS:ap: Assured Priority Level:[0–15] (’0’ being the lowestpriority).nap: Non-Assured Priority Level:[0–15] (’0’ being the lowestpriority).0: Removes optional Quality ofService (QoS) priorities.Note:Included in R5 only.

0,1,2 X (Activeby default)

210 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 217: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

CTF Immediate Call Transfer, Fixed.Permits a subscriber to sendincoming calls to another fixeddirectory number regardlessof the call state (idle, busy, ornot reachable). All calls to thesubscriber s mobile station areimmediately forwarded to thesubscriber-defined C-number.

0-1 x x

CTV Immediate Call Transfer,Variable.Permits a subscriber to sendincoming calls to anotherdirectory number specified bythe subscriber regardless ofthe call state. All calls to thesubscriber s mobile station areimmediately forwarded to thesubscriber-defined C-number.

0-1 x x

DDB Do Not Disturb.Allows a subscriber to indicatethat his/her mobile is temporarilyunavailable. Prevents asubscriber from receivingincoming calls.

0-1 x

DOB Dynamic Outgoing Barring.Allows a subscriber todynamically control the outgoingcalls made from his mobile unit.The operator can regulate theservice level to specific networkneeds. The DOB servicelevels are operator definedproprietary values, which needto be mapped to the OI value, astandard interface parameter, inorder to send the information tothe MSC.Note:Included in R5 only.

0-15 x

DLQ Delinquent Account.Provides the Operator with themeans to manage subscriberswith overdue telecommunicationbills.

0-1

211155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 218: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

DPR Data Privacy.Allows a subscriber to encryptdata for transmission. Thisservice is not allowed in a groupprofile.

0-1

DSV Data Service.Allows a subscriber to transmitand receive data digitallyon his/her mobile includingreceiving G3 faxes (up to 9600bit/s) from another mobile orsending a fax. The subscriber smobile must be G3 fax capable.

0-3 x

DUT Digit-by-Digit User Type.Designates a subscriber aspart of a fixed cellular network.This is an Ericsson proprietaryservice and is only available inEricsson MSCs.

0-1

DVP Digital Voice Privacy.Permits encrypting of digitalvoice channel if the subscribers MSC and the serving MSCsupport the service.

0-1 x

EMA Emergency Area.Specifies that calls are routed ina specific way in an MSC.

0-15

ENQ Enquiry. 0-4

HSD High Speed Packet Data. 0-1 x

HTL The Hotline service allows asubscriber to dial any number(with the exception of emergencynumbers and feature codes) toget connected to he subscriberdefined Hotline number. Asubscriber, through a featurecode, can change the Hotlinenumber.Note:HTLNB value is attached to theservice HTL as:: HTL, x, y,<htlnb>Note:Included in R5 only.

0-1 x

212 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 219: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

ICS Interception Service.Allows the operator to stop calldelivery to a subscriber andto route the calls to anotherdestination.

0, 1-15

IPC International PreferredInterexchange Carrier.Allows subscribers to choosethe Interexchange Carrier (IC)that is to be used for calling longdistance.

0,1-9998

ISE Immediate Charging Service.Outputs charge informationimmediately about a call to adesignated point defined on thenetwork. This is an Ericssonproprietary service and is onlyavailable in Ericsson MSCs.

0, 1-15

LBS Location Base Service. 0-1

LIA Limited Area.This service enables thesubscriber to be restricted toone or more Limited Areas (LIA),where the service is availablewithin the specified LIA(s), butnot outside of them. A LIA is alogical area that may span morethan one MSC.

0-1 X (Activeby default)

LIR Location Information Restriction. 0, 1, 2,3, 4

x

MCA Mobile Charging Area.Allows the operator to designatean area in which the subscribercan receive service at a specialcharge rate. This is an Ericssonproprietary service and isavailable only in Ericsson MSCs.

0,1-1023

MCD Mobile Call Delivery.Determines whether or not callsare to be delivered based on thesubscriber’s location.

0,1-127

x

213155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 220: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

MCH Mobile Charge Rate Order.Delivers charge rate informationabout incoming and outgoingcalls to the subscriber s mobilephone. This is an Ericssonproprietary service and is onlyavailable in Ericsson MSCs.

0, 1, 2

MCN Mobile Charging AreaNotification.Notifies the subscriber whenhe/she is making a call in anarea with a high charge rate.This is an Ericsson proprietaryservice and is only available inEricsson MSCs.

0-1 x

MCT Malicious Call Tracing.Allows the subscriber to havecalls traced. This is an Ericssonproprietary service and is onlyavailable in Ericsson MSCs.

0-1 x

MPO Mobile Positioning Capability.Indicates the type of geographicpositioning information that theMS can provide to the network.

0-103 x

MPS Mobile Priority Subscriber.Provides the subscriber priorityaccess to voice or traffic channelfor outgoing calls, allowingoperators to identify subscriberswith high demands. This is anEricsson proprietary service andis only available in EricssonMSCs.

0, 1-17

MSA Mobile Subscription Area.Allows the operator to restrictthe subscriber from a particularmobile subscription area. This isan Ericsson proprietary serviceand is only available in EricssonMSCs.

0, 1-127

MVP Mobile Voice Privacy.Permits masking of the voicechannel by analog if thesubscriber s MSC and theserving MSC support thisservice. This is an Ericssonproprietary service and is onlyavailable in Ericsson MSCs.

0, 1-15

214 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 221: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

MWI Message Waiting Indicator.Informs a subscriber when amessage is available for retrievalif the subscriber has voice mail.

0-7 x

OCA Origin for C-Number Analysis.Origin for C-Number Analysis

0-511

OIA Origin for International RoamingAnalysis.Indicates the index of theInternational Analysis Tableto be used for InternationalRoaming Analysis.

0-511

OLA Origin for Location Analysis.Internal reference for theLocation Analysis Table.

0-511

OPA Origin for Procedure Code.A unique number used internallyin the HLR to identify theprocedure code table to be usedat service call.

0-15

OSA Origin for SMS Analysis Data.Allows to specify a list of nodesto which the subscriber isauthorized to send SMSRequestmessages and receiveSMSNotification message.

0-2147483646

OTG Origination Trigger Data.Allows the operator to specifycriteria for a subscriber sorigination triggers. Thesetriggers are used to activateWIN feature execution for thesubscriber when the subscribermakes a WINcall.

integer

PDS Packet Data Service.Provides support for packet databased applications.

0-1 x

PIC Preferred Inter-ExchangeCarrier.It is a unique number for the PICused internally within the HLR.Allows subscribers to choosethe Interexchange Carrier (IC)that is to be used for calling longdistance.

0-9998

215155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 222: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

PLI Preferred Language Indicator.Indicates the PreferredLanguage feature activitystatus and language associatedwith the subscriber.

0-255

PLV Preferred Language VariableSupport.This allows the subscriber tochange his preferred languagethrough a feature code.

0-1

PPA Prepaid Application.Note:Included in R5 only.

0-255 X (Activeby default

PPP Prepaid.This allows the operator tospecify which exchange willsupport the prepaid service fora subscriber.

0-1

PRI Subscriber Priority.Specifies that calls should berouted in a specific way in anEricsson MSC.

0-3

RBT Customized Ring Back Tone.Allows the subscriber tocustomize their ring back toneto be like music, a song, or arecorded message, instead ofthe traditional ring back tone.The customized ring back tonewill be played to the calling partyuntil the call is being answeredor timed out.Note:Included in R5 only.

0-16 x

SMO Mobile Originating ShortMessage Service.Allows the operator to restrict thesubscriber’s SMS for outgoingmessages.

0-2

SMS SMS Terminating Restriction.Allows the operator to restrict thesubscriber’s SMS for incomingmessages.

0-2

216 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 223: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

SOT CDMA Service Option Table.A new set of commands wascreated to allow service optionsto be configured in the CDMAService Option Table (SOT).SOT is not a Service; it is areference to a Table. The SOTtables are provisioned through anew set of commands: HNSOC,HNSOE, HNSOF, HNSOI, andHNSOP.Note:Included in R5 only.

0-512

SPINA Subscriber PIN Access.Allows the subscriber to blockoriginating calls from a MobileStation when this service isactivated. The user of theMobile Station can receive butnot originate any calls, exceptemergency ones.Note:Included in R5 only.

0-1 x

SRM Subscriber Restricted Mobility.Specifies that calls should berouted in a particular way in anMSC.

0-1

TAL Trigger Address List.Provides an MSC with lists oftriggers and the associatedaddress of the network entitythat provides the service controlfunction for each list of triggers.

integer

TBF Call Transfer on Busy, Fixed.Allows a subscriber to sendincoming calls to a fixeddirectorynumber when the call state isbusy.

0-1 x x

TBV Call Transfer on Busy, Variable.Allows a subscriber to sendincoming calls to anotherdirectory number (C-Number)specified by the subscriberwhenthe call state is busy.

0-1 x x

TCL Type of Subscriber.Specifies the way calls arerouted in an MSC.

0-15

217155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 224: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

TNF Call Transfer on No Reply,Fixed.Permits a subscriber to sendincoming call to a fixed directorynumber when the call state isnot reachable (inactive, no pageresponse, or no answer).

0-1 x x

TNV Call Transfer on No Reply,Variable.Permits a subscriber to sendincoming call to a directorynumber specified by thesubscriberwhen the call state isnot reachable (inactive, no pageresponse, or no answer).

0-1 x x

TTG Termination Triggers.Allows the operator to specifycriteria for a subscriber sterminating triggers. Theterminating triggers are used tostart WIN feature execution fora called subscriber if they aredetected during call setup.

0-46

VMB Busy Call Forwarding, VoiceMail.Permits a subscriber to sendincoming calls to a voice mailboxwhen the call state is busy.

0-1 x

VMN No Reply Call Forwarding, VoiceMail.Permits a subscriber to sendincoming calls to a voice mailboxwhen the call state is notreachable (inactive, no pageresponse, or no answer).

0-1 x

VMP Voice Mail Gateway Service.Registers the subscriber inthe voice mailbox service byspecifying his/her PEG, as wellas his/her voice mailbox number.

0-254

VMT Immediate Call Transfer, VoiceMail.Permits a subscriber to sendincoming calls to a voice mailboxregardless of the call state (idle,busy, or not reachable).

0-1 x

218 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 225: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

11.5 CMS11HLR Message Response

Here follows a description of the possible message response codes that can bereceived in a message response. The tables contain a column Type, indicatingthe seriousness/category of each response. Available categories are:

• Syntax error (S)

• Temporary error (T)

• Faulty data (D)

• Fatal error (F)

and they can be used as a guide line in error management procedures. Suitableactions are indicated in Section 15 on page 249.

Table 48 CMS11HLRSUB

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Successful 0 x x x x

NE Answers (15001-15104)

IMSI format error 15001 S x x x x

Only one of the SNB orMSNB or IMSI can bespecified

15002 D x x x x

Only one of the SNB orMSNB can be specified

15005 D x x x x

Only one of SCLGRPor SCLGRP_OR can bespecified

15006 D x x

Format Error 15011 S x x x x

Missing Mandatoryparameter RDG

15014 D x x

Maximum 50 subscriberscan be specified at a time

15015 D x

Range not supported 15016 D x x x x

Repetition in the parametervalue (followed by adynamic message)

15017 D

SCL specified morethan once (followed bya dynamic message)

15018 D x x

Multiple values notsupported

15019 D x x x x

219155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 226: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

SNB not allowed with PREP 15020 D

Missing mandatoryparameter (followed bya dynamic message)

15021 D x x x x

Command Unknown 15022 S x x x x

Missing parameter value(followed by a dynamicmessage)

15026 S/D x x x x

Unreasonable value 15027 D x x x x

Subscriber number andC-number identical

15028 D x x

Invalid class value forsubscriber class

15030 D x x

Activity not valid forspecified service (followedby a dynamic message)

15033 D x x

Subscriber does not exist 15036 D x x x x

Subscriber alreadyconnected to the HLR

15037 D x

MSNB cannot be used assubscriber key

15043 D x

IMSI cannot be used assubscriber key

15044 D x

EXM not defined (followedby a dynamic message)

15050 D x

Subscriber number notdefined

15051 D x x x

Authentication data notdefined

15055 D x x

Service for specifiedC-number not assigned tosubscriber

15057 D x x

Subscriber does not havespecified service

15060 D x x

Specified RDG is invalid 15062 D x x

Dynamic WIN featureinactive

15064 D x x

Authentication Data notremoved

15065 D x x x

220 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 227: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Number protected forauthentication

15069 D x

C-number is invalid 15070 D x x

Supplementary dataunavailable

15071 D x x

Combination of sbscriberclasses not allowed(followed by a dynamicmessage)

15074 D x x

Specified subscriber classnot allowed (due to thedependency on otherclasses)

15075 D x x

Subscriber not defined as aPort-in subscription

15077 D x

A Port-in subscribernumber cannot be portedout

15078 D x

Subscriber number notdefined as an HLROWNEDsubscription

15079 D x

Subscriber is ported-out 15080 D x

Cannot delete SI range ifthe SNB will be ported-out

15083 D x

Group not defined (followedby a dynamic message)

15089 D x x x x

MML provisioning notauthorized for user

15092 D x x x x

MML command notauthorized for user

15093 D x x x x

Operation not authorizedfor service

15094 D x x x x

Operation not authorizedfor logical group

15095 D x x x x

Provisioning restrictedby the license manager(followed by a dynamicmessage)

15097 D x x x x

Access Denied 15098 S/D x x x x

Session time-out 15100 T x x x x

221155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 228: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Processing failure 15101 F x x x x

Node out of service 15103 T x x x x

More than one MSA inconflict for the same MSCin assigned LIAs.

15104 D x x x

Table not defined. 15105 D x x x

Limited area not defined. 15106 D x x x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

Ext.system communicationlink failure

1001 x x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x x

NE does not exist 2003 F x x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid Command 3001 S x x x x

Operation not support 3002 S x x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 F x x x x

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x x

Invalid license 3010 F x x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x x

222 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 229: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

12 CMS11AC Subscription

There are two versions of the CMS11AC. One is co-located AC with the HLRand the other is standalone AC.

When the AC is co-located with the HLR there are some dependencies betweenservice classes on the HLR subscription and the AC subscription. Routing ofcommands to the co-located AC is based on one of IMSI, MSNB and SNB.

When the AC is standalone, there are no dependencies between HLR and ACsubscriptions. Routing of commands to the standalone AC is based on IMSIonly.

12.1 Customers Service Orders

Note: The parameter sequence in CAI command is independent of theparameter sequence in MML command.

12.1.1 Co-located AC

12.1.1.1 CMS11ACSUB - CREATE

12.1.1.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 156 CREATE Command

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the CREATE operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits. This parameter isnot allowed when PREP and SRNB is used.

223155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 230: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<authkey> Operator Specified Sub-A-key: If this parameteris specified in the command, an A-key number isgenerated by the AC based on the given sub-A-keynumber.

<akeylength> System Generated A-key: The system generated A-keynumber is automatically created by the AC based onthe specified A-key length entered in the AC by theoperator, possible value: 6-26.

<DEFAULT> If the Default A-key parameter is specified in thecommand, a default A-key number is assigned to thespecified subscriber. The possible value is “1”.

<encauthkey> Encrypted Authentication Key: Operator specifiedencrypted sub-A-key number. Consists of either 16 or20 hexadecimal digits:

- 16 hex. digits: If DES algorithm is used for encryption.

- 20 hex. digits: if MCLAR Algorithm is used forencryption.

<prep> Indicates that the specified subscriber will bepre-provisioned in the AC.

<srnb> Mobile Station Serial Number (8 hexadecimal digits).The default value is FFFFFFFF.

<ssdsharable> Indicates whether Secret Share Data value is allowed tobe shared with the MSC for the indicated subscriber ornot. Only applicable for co-located.

12.1.1.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 157 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the CREATE transaction.

<resp_code> See Section 12.3 on page 237.

12.1.1.1.3 Examples

Message request to create a subscriber with the following properties:

224 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 231: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

CREATE:CMS11ACSUB: IMSI,223495918582 :DEFAULT,1:SSDSHARABLE,1;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, subscriber already exists: RESP:15335;

12.1.1.2 CMS11ACSUB - SET

12.1.1.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 158 SET command

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the SET operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<authkey> Operator Specified Sub-A-key: If this parameteris specified in the command, an A-key number isgenerated by the AC based on the given sub-A-keynumber.

<akeylength> System Generated A-key: The system generated A-keynumber is automatically created by the AC based onthe specified A-key length entered in the AC by theoperator, possible value: 6-26.

<DEFAULT> If the Default A-key parameter is specified in thecommand, a default A-key number is assigned to thespecified subscriber. The possible value is “1”.

225155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 232: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<encauthkey> Encrypted Authentication Key: Operator specifiedencrypted sub-A-key number. Consists of either 16 or20 hexadecimal digits:

- 16 hex. digits: If DES algorithm is used for encryption.

- 20 hex. digits: if MCLAR Algorithm is used forencryption.

<ssdsharable> Indicates whether Secret Share Data value is allowed tobe shared with the MSC for the indicated subscriber ornot. Only applicable for co-located.

12.1.1.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 159 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the SET transaction.

<resp_code> See Section 12.3 on page 237.

12.1.1.2.3 Examples

Message request to modify a subscription with the following properties:

SET:CMS11ACSUB :SNB,5143457900 :AKEYLENGTH,15:SSDSHARABLE,1;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, Subscription does not exist: RESP:15336;

226 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 233: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

12.1.1.3 CMS11ACSUB - GET

12.1.1.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 160 GET Operation

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<snbstatus> Subscriber number AC connection status.

<akeystatus> Authentication Key status.

<ssdstatus> Shared Secret Data (SSD) status.

<auhactivity> Authentication activity status.

<autufailure> Total number of failures to respond correctly to uniquechallenge.

<ssdfailure> The number of SSDregeneration request failures.

<autrfailure> Total number of failures of authentication validation.

<ssdsharable> Indicates whether Secret Share Data value is allowed tobe shared with the MSC for the indicated subscriber ornot. Only applicable for co-located.

227155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 234: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

12.1.1.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 161 GET Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<snbstatus> Subscriber number AC connection status.

<akeystatus> Authentication Key status.

<ssdstatus> Shared Secret Data (SSD) status.

<auhactivity> Authentication activity status.

<autufailure> Total number of failures to respond correctly to uniquechallenge.

<ssdfailure> The number of SSDregeneration request failures.

<autrfailure> Total number of failures of authentication validation.

<ssdsharable> Indicates whether Secret Share Data value is allowed tobe shared with the MSC for the indicated subscriber ornot. Only applicable for co-located.

228 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 235: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

12.1.1.3.3 Examples

Message request to get the properties of a subscriber:

GET:CMS11ACSUB :IMSI,12345678912345;

Successful message response: RESP:0 :IMSI,12345678912345:SNB,5143457915 :MNSB,5143457915;

Unsuccessful message response, Subscription does not exist: RESP:15336;

12.1.1.4 CMS11ACSUB - DELETE

12.1.1.4.1 Request Syntax

Figure 162 DELETE Command

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the DELETE operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

12.1.1.4.2 Response Syntax

Figure 163 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the DELETE transaction.

<resp_code> See Section 12.3 on page 237.

12.1.1.4.3 Examples

DELETE:CMS11ACSUB:IMSI,123545643223;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, Subscriber does not exist: RESP:15336.

229155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 236: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

12.1.2 Standalone AC

12.1.2.1 CMS11ACSUB - CREATE

12.1.2.1.1 Request Syntax

Figure 164 CREATE Operation

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the CREATE operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<encauthkey> Encrypted Authentication Key: Operator specifiedencrypted sub-A-key number. Consists of either 16 or20 hexadecimal digits:

- 16 hex. digits: If DES algorithm is used for encryption.

- 20 hex. digits: if MCLAR Algorithm is used forencryption.

<akey> Authentication Key, 1-20 digits.

<checksum> The default value is NONE. A number consisting of6 digits, which corresponds to the last 6 digits of theA-key.

<ruim> Removable User Identify Module.

1: Subscriber is RUIM capable.

0: Subscriber is not RUIM capable.

<srnb> Mobile Station Serial Number (8 hexadecimal digits).The default value is FFFFFFFF.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

230 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 237: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

12.1.2.1.2 Response Syntax

Figure 165 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the CREATE transaction.

<resp_code> See Section 12.3 on page 237.

12.1.2.1.3 Examples

Message request to create a subscriber with the following properties:

CREATE:CMS11ACSUB: IMSI,223495918582 :AKEY,12453 :RUIM,1:SRNB,FFFFFFFF;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, subscriber already exists: RESP:15335;

12.1.2.2 CMS11ACSUB - SET

12.1.2.2.1 Request Syntax

Figure 166 SET Operation

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the SET operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity. 6-15 digits.

<ruim> Removable User Identify Module.

1: Subscriber is RUIM capable.

0: Subscriber is not RUIM capable.

<srnb> Mobile Station Serial Number (8 hexadecimal digits).The default value is FFFFFFFF. This parameter is notallowed if DEACTIVATE is set.

231155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 238: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<deactivate> De-activates a subscriber in the AC. This parameter isnot allowed if SRNB is set.

12.1.2.2.2 Response Syntax

Figure 167 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the SET transaction.

<resp_code> See Section 12.3 on page 237.

12.1.2.2.3 Examples

Message request to modify a subscription with the following properties:

SET:CMS11ACSUB :IMSI,12345156561233 :DEACTIVATE,1;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, Subscription does not exist: RESP:15336;

12.1.2.3 CMS11ACSUB - GET

12.1.2.3.1 Request Syntax

Figure 168 Get Operation

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

232 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 239: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

12.1.2.3.2 Response Syntax

Figure 169 GET Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

<snb> Subscriber Number. 10 or 11 digits long.

<msnb> Mobile Station Number. Consists of exactly 10 digits.This is the starting value for the MIN range.

<snbstatus> Subscriber number AC connection status.

<akeystatus> Authentication Key status.

<ssdstatus> Shared Secret Data (SSD) status.

<auhactivity> Authentication activity status.

<autufailure> Total number of failures to respond correctly to uniquechallenge.

<ssdfailure> The number of SSDregeneration request failures.

<autrfailure> Total number of failures of authentication validation.

12.1.2.3.3 Examples

Message request to get the properties of a subscriber:

GET:CMS11ACSUB :IMSI,12345678912345;

233155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 240: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Successful message response: RESP:0 :IMSI,12345678912345:SNB,5143457915 :MSNB,5143457915;

Unsuccessful message response, Subscription does not exist: RESP:15336;

12.1.2.4 CMS11ACSUB - DELETE

12.1.2.4.1 Request Syntax

Figure 170 DELETE Operation

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the DELETE operation.

<imsi> International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

12.1.2.4.2 Response Syntax

Figure 171 Response

<transaction_id> The transaction ID of the DELETE transaction.

<resp_code> See Section 12.3 on page 237.

12.1.2.4.3 Examples

DELETE:CMS11ACSUB:IMSI,123545643223;

Successful message response: RESP:0;

Unsuccessful message response, Subscriber does not exist: RESP:15336.

12.2 Request and Response Parameters

Use Case specifies in which cases the parameter can be applied:

C - (Create) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment iscreated.

S - (Set) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment is modified.

D - (Delete) Parameter can take a value when a subscription/equipment isdeleted.

G - (Get) Parameter can take a value in the Get request for retrieving asubscription/equipment.

234 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 241: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

F - (Filter) Parameter can be used as filter in a Get request to indicate that wewant to retrieve the current value of this parameter.

R - (Returned) Parameter may be returned with a value in the answer to a Getrequest (depends on request issued and filter specified).

If a certain parameter is belonging to a Sub-MO the use case could also showin which sub-operation(s) the parameter can be used:

c - (Define, (create)) Parameter can be used in a DEF sub-operation.

s - (Set) Parameter can be used in a SET sub-operation.

d - (Delete) Parameter can be used in a DEL sub-operation.

These three sub-operation use case identifiers (c, s, d) will always appeardirectly after a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows whichsub-operations that are allowed in corresponding main operation.

If a certain parameter is belonging to a list value which can be seen as asimplified sub-MO the use case could also show in which sub-operation(s)the parameter can be used:

+ Parameter as a value can be added to a list attribute.

- Parameter as a value can be deleted from a list attribute.

These two sub-operation use case identifiers (+, -) will always appear directlyafter a Create or Set use case identifier (C, S). This shows which sub-operationsthat are allowed in corresponding main operation.

For example, use case: "CcScsdR" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed in a DEF sub-operation, in Set the parameter is allowedin DEF, SET or DEL sub-operation, in Delete it is not allowed at all and theparameter may be returned in the answer to a Get request.

For example, use case: "C+S-R" indicates that in a Create operation theparameter is allowed to be added to a list attribute, in a Set operation theparameter is allowed to be deleted from a list attribute and the parameter maybe returned in the answer to a Get request.

Table 49 CMS11ACSUB Subscription Parameters

Parameters Attribute Values Use Case

AKEY 1-20 digits CSFR

AKEYLENGTH 6-26 digits CSFR

235155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 242: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Parameters Attribute Values Use Case

AKEYSTATUS Possible values are:INITIALPENDINGALARMEXPIREDCONFIRMED

FR

AUHACTIVITY Possbile values are:ACTIVEPASSIVEUNKNOWN

FR

AUTHKEY 1-20 digits CSFR

AUTRFAILURE integer FR

AUTUFAILURE integer FR

CHECKSUM 6 digits or NONE C

DEACTIVATE Possible value: 1(Not available in R5)

S

DEFAULT Possible value: 1 CSFR

ENCAUTHKEY 16 or 20 hexadecimal digits:16 hex. digits: If DES algorithmis used for encryption.20 hex. digits: If MCLARAlgorithm is used for encryption.

FR

IMSI 6-15 digits CSFR

MSNB Mobile Station Number.Consists of exactly 10 digits.

CSFR

PREP Possible value: 1 C

RUIM 0-1 CS

SNB 10 or 11 digits. CSFR

SNBSTATUS Possible values are:CONNECTEDUNDEFINEDOTASP CONNECTED

FR

SRNB 8 hexadecimal digits. Defaultvalue is FFFFFFFF

C

SSDFAILURE Integer FR

SSDSHARABLE 0,1 (included in R5 only) CSFR

SSDSTATUS Possible values are:UNSETPENDINGCONFIRMED

FR

236 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 243: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

12.3 CMS11AC Message Response

Here follows a description of the possible message response codes that can bereceived in a message response. The tables contain a column Type, indicatingthe seriousness/category of each response. Available categories are:

• Syntax error (S)

• Temporary error (T)

• Faulty data (D)

• Fatal error (F)

and they can be used as a guide line in error management procedures. Suitableactions are indicated in Section 15 on page 249.

Table 50 CMS11ACSUB

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Successful 0 x x x x

NE Answers (15300-15499)

IMSI format error 15301 S/D x x x x

Only one of the SNB orMSNB or IMSI can bespecified

15302 S/D x x x x

Only one of the SNB orMSNB can be specified

15305 S/D x x x x

RUIM format error (followedby a dynamic message)

15307 S/D x

AKEY format error(followed by a dynamicmessage)

15308 S/D x

CHECKSUM format error(Followed by a dynamicmessage)

15309 S/D x

ESN format error (Followedby a dynamic message)

15310 S/D x

Format Error 15311 S x x x x

Missing mandatoryparameter AKEYLENGTHor AUTHKEY or DEFAULT

15313 D x

Range not supported 15316 D x x x x

Multiple values notsupported

15319 D x x x x

237155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 244: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

SNB not allowed with PREP 15320 D x

Missing mandatoryparameter (followed bya dynamic message)

15321 D x x x x

Command Unknown 15322 S/D x x x x

Missing parameter value(followed by a dynamicmessage)

15326 D x x x x

Unreasonable value 15327 DD x x x x

Subscriber already exists 15335 D x

Subscriber does not existin the HLR

15336 D x x x x

Subscriber alreadyconnected to the AC

15338 D x

Subscriber not connectedto the AC

15339 D x x x

Subscriber alreadyconnected

15347 D x

Subscriber number notdefined

15351 D x x x x

Serial number not defined(followed by a dynamicmessage)

15352 D x

Subscriber does not haveauthentication service

15356 D x

Subscriber alreadyactivated

15358 D x

Subscriber alreadyde-activated

15359 D x

Authentication class active 15363 D x

SSD update ongoing 15368 T x

Not found (followed by adynamic message)

15382 S/D x x

MIN already defined(followed by a dynamicmessage)

15385 D x

SNB not defined (folloed bya dynamic message)

15387 D x

238 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 245: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Group not defined (followedby a dynamic message)

15389 D x x x x

Deletion not allowed whenAKEYSTATE is alarm

15390 T x

MML command notauthorized for user

15392 F x x x x

Operation not authorizedfor service

15393 F x x x x

Operation not authorizedfor logical group

15394 F x x x x

Provisioning restrictedby the license manager(followed by a dynamicmessage)

15396 F x x x x

Access Denied 15397 F/T x x x x

Session time-out 15399 F x x x x

Processing failure 15400 F x x x x

Node out of service 15402 T x x x x

NE FATAL ERRORS(1001-1100)

Ext.system communicationlink failure

1001 x x x x

External system error 1002 F x x x x

EMA FATAL ERRORS(2001-2100)

EMA database error 2001 F x x x x

Internal EMA error 2002 F x x x x

NE does not exist 2003 F x x x x

CAI ERRORS (3001-3100)

Invalid Command 3001 S x x x x

Operation not support 3002 S x x x x

Unknown NE object 3003 F x x x x

Insufficient parameters 3004 F x x x x

Invalid argument or out ofrange

3005 S x x x x

Rejection, must login first 3007 S x x x x

Invalid command sequence 3008 S x x x x

239155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 246: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

Descriptions RespCode

Type Create Set Del Get

Invalid license 3010 F x x x x

License expired 3011 F x x x x

Not authorized 3012 F x x x x

240 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 247: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

13 Appendix A (Graphical Structure)

To simplify the algorithms for the user in Customer Service Orders, the structureis displayed graphically. In this appendix the structure is explained in detailwith the help of the examples below.

13.1 Example 1

Figure 172 An Example of the Algorithm Structure Usage

The first row in this figure will be translated as follows:

RESP:<resp_code>:MSISDN, <msisdn_number>

In the second row it will be possible to do either:

• nothing

• IMSI AND AMSISDN

• IMSI OR AMSISDN

In the last row it will possible to do either:

• nothing

• Subscriber data (1 to x times)

13.2 Example 2

Figure 173 An Example Showing the Usage for Special Parameter

241155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 248: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

In the second row of this figure, both parameters MSISDN and IMSI aresurrounded by square boxes, that is EMA will route this command tocorresponding NE based on this two key identifiers of the HLR subscription.

In the second row of this figure, the optional parameter Subscriber Data isitalicized, that is this parameter refers to more detailed description from anotherplace in this document. The referred section has been listed below.

13.3 Example 3

Figure 174 An Example Showing the use of a Mandatory Path

The * sign indicates that one of the paths is mandatory. In this example it ismandatory for SEMA AUC to send the parameter AD.

242 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 249: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

14 Appendix B (Typical X.25 Configuration)

CAI uses the SUN X.25 package and taking a peek at SUN’simplementation of X.25, the configuration parameters can be found in the file(/etc/SUNWconn/x25/x25params.0). SUN has built a graphical user interfacewith which it is possible to configure this file (and other necessary system files).

Figure 175 X.25 Interface Configuration

The file itself has three parts: an interface section, a link section, and an x25(packet level) section. The order of parameters within a section can vary andthe contents are listed in the following sections.

243155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 250: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

14.1 The Interface Section:

Interface l’d is the minor device number

interface 1 associated with the xpkt device used for this interface.

14.2 The Link Section:

link <linktype><control>

mandatory; indicates start of the link

link llc section describing the data link characteristics, and alsospecifies some of the link‘s properties. These propertiescan be in any order.

• The link type can be ‘‘llc’’ or ‘‘hdlc’’ and is mandatory.

• The control can be either ‘‘normal’’ or ‘‘extended’’. It is optional for hdlc,and not required for llc.

• The default for hdlc is normal; It is always extended for llc

lsap <number> optional for llc, not required for hdlc. default for llc is0x7e

speed <number> optional for hdlc, not required for llc; link speed inbits/sec, default 9600

tick <number> optional; timer resolution in ms; default for hdlc 500,llc 500

poll_timeout <number>

optional; poll timeout in ms; default for hdlc 4500, llc2000

idle_timeout <number>

optional; idle timeout in ms; default for hdlc 18000, forllc 10000

busy_timeout<number>

optional; busy timeout in ms; default for hdlc 6000, llc6000

rej_timeout <number>

optional; reject timeout in ms; default for hdlc 6000, llc6000

ack_timeout <number>

optional; ack timeout in ms; default for hdlc 6000, llc6000

ack_delay <number>

optional; ack delay in ms; default for hdlc 2000, for llc500

max_frame_size<number>

optional; maximum link frame size in bytes; default forhdlc 133, llc 1031

244 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 251: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

max_retries <number>

optional; number of times poll will be retried; default forhdlc 10, llc 10

window_size <number>

optional; default for hdlc 7, llc 127

14.3 The X.25 (packet level) Section:

x25 <version> <format> <mode>

signifies start of section describing

x25 1984 packet level, and also some properties; properties canbe in any order

• The version can be ‘‘1984’’ or ‘‘1988’’. It is optional; the default is 1984

• The format can be ‘‘normal’’or ‘‘extended’’ . It is optional; the default isnormal;

• It determines whether modulo 8 or modulo 128 sequence numbers willbe used.

• The mode can be ‘‘dte’’or ‘‘dce’’ . It is optional; the default is dte. This alsodetermines the link address for hdlc.

address <address> mandatory; the X.121 address for this node

address 21-1-0 in DNIC-NTN-SUBADDRESS format, or ‘‘NULL’’. ForLLC interfaces, it is necessary to specify NULL in orderto inhibit sending the calling address field.

def_window_size<number>

optional; default for hdlc is 2, llc 7

def_throughput9600

optional; default is speed parameter, for hdlc links, and9600 for llc links; should not exceed speed parameterfor hdlc.

def_packet_size<number>

optional; default for hdlc is 128, llc 1024

flow_control_negotiation

{yes | no} optional; default is yes; if no, will not negotiatepacket and window sizes, will just indicate default toinitiator

throughput_negotiation

{yes | no} optional; default is yes; if no, will not negotiatethroughput, will just indicate default to initiator thefollowing lcn ranges are always written from the pointof view of a DTE; at least one range must be specified;absence of a range will mean that range is null. Also‘‘empty’’ for null ranges

245155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 252: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

lcn_incoming<number>

<number>

lcn_two_way <number>

<number>

lcn_outgoing <number>

<number>

lcn_incoming empty

lcn_two_way 1-15

lcn_outgoing empty

window rotationtimer

0; default is 150 sec.

restart_timeout<number>

optional; default is 180 sec

call_timeout <number>

optional; default is 200 sec

reset_timeout<number>

optional; default is 180 sec

clear_timeout<number>

optional; default is 180 sec

restart_retries<number>

optional; default is 3

call_retries <number>

optional; default is 1

reset_retries <number>

optional; default is 3

clear_retries <number>

optional; default is 3

send_buffer_size<number>

optional; default is 2048

recv_buffer_size<number>

optional; default is 2048

D_bit {yes|no} optional; default is no

246 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 253: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

called_address_opt

{full | no_dnic} optional; default is full; if set to no_dnic,DNIC will not be sent on local calls (calls where thecalled address has the same DNIC as the DNIC forthis link.)

calling_address_opt

{full | no_dnic | subaddress_only} optional; default isfull Applies to all calls.

address_prefix<digit>

optional; default is no prefix; if present, specified prefixdigit will be used to indicate presence of DNIC for calledand calling address.

247155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 254: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

248 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 255: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

15 Appendix C (Error Recovery)

The CAI message responses are closely corresponding with each specificnetwork element type (compare HLRSUB’s message responses with thosefound in HLR).

The CAI message responses have been categorized into different types oferrors and each type has there own preferred action or error managementprocedure. Note that a specific error may be caused by several reasons andtherefore belong to several categories.

Table 51 Error categories and preferred actions

Type of error Preferred action / Description

Syntax error Occurs due to inconsistent use of CAI. Caused bysyntax error or semantic error in CAS. Write fault reporton CAS.

Temporary error Caused by simultaneous actions (from the networkor from CAS) performed on the subscribers data ortemporary faults in the network. Repeat the provisioningoperation, either immediately or after some time.

Data fault Faulty data has been submitted from CAS. Change theparticular data and try again.

Fatal error Manual intervention needed. Use the error log to findthe cause of the problem.

To create suitable error management routines the table above can be used asa guideline. More information can be obtained from the documents referencedbelow.

For HLR recovery procedures, see HLR Operational Instructions (OPT)referenced in User Guide For Subsystem: HRS.

For AUC-10 recovery procedures, see AUC-10 Operational Instructions (OPT)referenced in the following documents:

• Authentication Centre, Key Data, Define.

• Authentication Centre, Key Data, Delete.

• Authentication Centre, Mobile Subscriber.

• Authentication Centre, Mobile Subscriber.

For Sema EIR/AUC recovery procedures, see System Operations Manual andSystem Maintenance Manual.

249155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 256: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

For MC recovery procedures, see each vendors documentation.

Also remember that the processing log provides valuable information whenseeking the root of a problem.

In the processing log the complete provisioning operation will be logged. Eachprovisioning operation entry contains an incoming CSO from CAS, all NSOssent to the NE plus each NSO’s response. With the help of the responses itis possible to find suitable procedures via the help of the network elementspecific user documentation.

For instance, consider the following print-out from the processing log:

Figure 176 Print-out from Processing Log

This scenario happens if the subscriber for instance has the CFU alreadyactivated. According to the log, after this provisioning operation the CAT willhave the new value of 11, but OBI has not been changed.

Preferred action here would be (according to the table in Section 6.5 on page107) to write a fault report on CAS since CAS allows the user to use the CFNRYwithout turning off the CFU. It can also be corrected by first removing the CFUbefore setting the CFNRY.

To ensure data consistency, remove the CFNRY from the SET operation andissue it again or issue a GET requesting the status of OBI and CAT to retrievecorrect status.

250 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 257: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

16 Appendix D (New or Changed NEs andMOs in EMA 4.0)

Table 52 New or Changed NEs and MOs in EMA 4.0

NE Composite Parameters Parameters

251155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 258: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

USER MANUAL

252 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 259: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

Glossary

Glossary

AAAAuthentication, Authorization and Accounting

ACAuthentication Center

Activation status of SupplementaryServices0 - not active

1 - active operational

2 - active quiescent

Active Operational implies that invocation ofthe service is allowed.

Active QuiescentImplies that a service is active but invocationof the service is temporarily inhibited.

Additional MSISDN’sThe HLR will make use of several (installationdependent up to 16) MSISDN‘s calledadditional MSISDN‘s so that each of them willbe uniquely associated with a specific BearerCapability.

AKAAuthentication and Key Agreement

A-KeyAuthentication Key

AMSISDNAdditional MSISDN

ANSIAmerican National Standards Institute

ASApplication Server

AUCAuthentication Centre

AUC-10Authentication Centre built on AXE-10

Basic ServiceSome telecommunication services areconsidered as basic. Basic Services aredivided into two main categories: BearerServices (BSxx) and Teleservices (TSxx).

Basic Service GroupBasic Services are organized into groups ofservices (BSGs). When the first Basic Serviceis subscribed, this BSG is understood as beingsubscribed, which implies that SupplementaryServices can be activated for this BSG.

BCBearer Capability

Bearer CapabilityThe Bearer Capability (BC) defines thetechnical features (e.g. baud rate) of a BearerService by low OSI-layer attributes.

Bearer ServiceBearer Services provide the capability ofdata transmission between access points ofuser-network interfaces.

BSBasic Service

BSGBasic Service Group

CACCustomer Access Control

CAICustomer Administration Interface

253155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 260: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

Glossary

CAMELThe CAMEL feature can be used to provideoperator specific services not providedby competing operators, this providing anexcellent service differentiation capability.This will allow operators to target certainmarket segments with tailored services. TheHLR stores the Originating and TerminatingCamel Subscription Information (O-CSI andT-CSI) for subscribers requiring CAMELsupport.

CASCustomer Administration System

Ciphering key (Kc)This is an 64-bit ciphering key, generatedusing subscriber‘s authentication key (Ki) andciphering key generating algorithm A38. It isalso generated by the mobile using Ki andalgorithm A38 stored on the SIM (SubscriberIdentity Module) Where required, Kc is used toencrypt traffic on the radio path, thus providingsecure communications to/from the mobile.

Closed User GroupThe purpose of this function is to enablesubscribers to form closed user groups(CUGs) to and from which access is restricted.A subscriber may be a member of up to 10CUGs. Each CUG membership applies to aspecified set of BSGs.

CSOCustomer Service Order

CUSACCUStomer Access Control

DCDistributed Configuration

DNFDistinguished Name Function

E-AAAEricsson AAA

EIREquipment Identity Register

End Serial NumberThe last serial number in an IMEI range. Theserial number is a part of an IMEI number:IMEI = TAC + FAC + serial number + spare.

EMAEricsson Multi Activation

EQOSIDExtended Quality Of Service Identifier

EREEricsson Rating Engine

ESNEnd Serial Number

FACFinal Approval Code, part of the IMEI number

FAFFamily And Friends

FBCFlexible Bearer Charging

Flexible NumberingThis functions purpose is to make it possibleto freely choose MSISDN to IMSI connectionwithout any constrains set by the HLR.

FNFlexible Numbering

FNRFlexible Numbering Register

Forwarded-to numberA number to which a mobile subscriberconditionally or unconditionally forwardsincoming calls.

GGSNGateway GPRS Supporting Node

GMLCGateway Mobile Location Centre

GMRMGemMobile Remote Manager

254 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 261: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

Glossary

GPRSGeneralized Packet Radio System

GSMGlobal System for Mobile Communication

GSM networksGSM 900, GSM 1800 and GSM 1900. Thesethree networks together are called GSM inthis document.

HLRHome Location Register

HLR ProfileA set of permanent Subscriber Data(i.e. provided services), used to facilitatesubscription administration.

HMSIInternational Mobile Subscriber Identity

ICCIDIntegrated Circuit Card Identity

IMEIInternational Mobile Station EquipmentIdentity

IMSIInternational Mobile Subscriber Identity,(E214)

IMSISInternational Mobile Subscriber Series

IMSI Change-overAn IMSI Change-over procedure is used toreplace the subscriber‘s SIM-card which hasthe IMSI burned in. The Change-over can onlybe performed within one HLR. A Change-overprocedure has different states before beingtotally executed: Pending, Forced, Executed.

INSIntelligent Network Server

IPInternet Protocol

IPMMIP MultiMedia

IVRInteractive Voice Response

JASJambala Application Server

KiSubscriber Authentication Key

LEXLocal EXchange

LDAPLightweight Directory Access Protocol

List typeAn IMEI range is always connected to a listtype: Values 0-9 are valid. The definition ofthe lists is site specific and mapped againstthe status of the lists internally in the EIR.

LOCSERVICESLocation services

MCMessage Centre

MMCMultimedia Messaging Center

MMLMultimedia Messaging Library

MMSMultimedia Messaging Service

MOManage Object

MOIPMessage over IP

MO/PPMobile Originated Point to Point

MPCMobile Positioning Center

MSMobile Station

255155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 262: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

Glossary

MSIMMultiple SIM

MSISDNMobile Subscriber ISDN Number, (E164)

MT/ PPMobile Terminated Point to Point

NENetwork Element

No-reply-timeDefines the time interval from the point whenthe subscriber is first alerted until the call isredirected. The value must be in the range 5sec - 30 sec in steps of 5 sec.

NPNumber Portability

NPREFIXNetwork Prefix (also abbreviated as NP)

NSONetwork Service Order

OTASPOver-the-Air Service Provisioning

PLMNPublic Land Mobile Network

PDCPacific Digital Cellular

PDPADDPacket Data Protocol ADDress

PDPCONTEXTPacket Data Protocol CONTEXT

PPSPrepaid System

Primary Inter-exchange CarrierThe operator can assign and removea Primary Inter-exchange Carrier for asubscriber. It is generally used for allinter-LATA (Local Access and TransportArea) call segments for which the involvedsubscriber is the charged party. This carrierwill apply generally for inter-LATA calls unlessthe involved subscriber selects anotherInter-exchange Carrier when dialling theB-number. The Primary Inter-exchangeCarrier is assigned to the mobile subscriberusing a PICI.

QOSQuality Of Service.

RedundancyA failure in an HLR makes the subscriberunable to make or receive calls. To avoid thisthe redundancy concept has been introduced.Two network elements, a primary and aredundant cooperates. All data stored in theprimary is duplicated to the redundant. If theprimary goes down, the redundant networkelement will take over. EMA handles thisconcept by first sending commands to theprimary NE and copying the same to theredundant NE. The EMA concept is availablefor HLR, FNR and AUC.

Regional ServicesAllows the operator to emulate a PSTNconcerning charging. The service givesthe opportunity to offer mobile subscribersa subscription without constraints inside adefined area. Outside this area the service isnot granted or the tariff may be different.

SOSSubscriber and Operator Services

SSDShared Secret Data

SUDSubscriber Data

SURFSubscriber Update Request Protocol

256 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 263: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

Glossary

Service ActivationThe action taken by the mobile subscriber orthe service provider to take a certain serviceinto operation.

Service ProvisionThe action to make a certain service availableto a mobile subscriber.

Service RegistrationThe action taken by the mobile subscriberor the service provider to insert informationwhich enables the utilization of a service(Forwarded-to number, No-reply-time).Registration of a Supplementary Serviceimplies its activation.

Signed Response (SRES)This is a 32-bit number generated by boththe AUC and the mobile using Ki, and theauthentication algorithm A38. It is sent by boththe AUC ad the mobile to the VLR (VisitingLocation Register). Here the two generatedSRESs are compared. Providing they match,the subscriber will be authenticated and callset-up will proceed.

SMSCIDShort Message Service Center Identity

StatusAn IMEI range can be connected to a liststatus: white list = valid mobile equipmentgrey list = faulty/non-approved equipmentblack list = barred mobile equipment

SubaddressA subaddress can be added to theForwarded-to number. This Forwarded-tosubaddress is transported transparentlythrough the network and can be used foraddressing within an application locatedbeyond the end-point.

Subscriber DataThe term Subscriber Data is used to designateinformation associated with a subscriberstored in the HLR:

Supplementary ServiceBasic Services can be enhanced or modifiedby Supplementary Services. Supplementaryservices are provided for a subscription by theoperator but can be activated/deactivated bythe subscriber himself.

TACType Approval Code, part of the IMEI number

TCPTransmission Control Protocol

TIFTranslation Information Flag

TeleserviceTeleservices provide a complete capabilityincluding terminal equipment functions forcommunication between users (seeSection6.4.2 on page 99).

TSMOTransfer of Short Message Option

UMUnified Messaging

VIGVideo Gateway

VLRVisitor Location Register

VMVoice Mail

VMSIVisitor Mobile Subscriber Identity

VPAAVisited Public land mobile network AddressAllowed

WCDMAWideband Code Division Multipal Access

257155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 264: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

Glossary

258 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 265: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

Reference List

Reference List

[1] Function Specification Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0, 155 17-CSH 15056 Uen

[2] Supplementary Service and Operator Determined Barring Interactions inHLR, 59/ 155 17-ANT 238 01 Uen

[3] User Provisioning Graphical User Interface Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0,1/1553-CSH 150 56 Uen

[4] Home Translation Functions Changeable Exchange Adaption (HTRAN),2/155 18-CNT 238 0047 Uen

[5] User Guide For Subsystem: HRS, 1553-ANT 238 01

[6] TELNET Protocol Specification, RFC 854 ISI May 1983 J.Postel and J.Reynolds

[7] System Operations Manual, INS/UG/2 Sema AUC/EIR Database Systems

[8] System Maintenance Manual, INS/UG/3 Sema AUC/EIR DatabaseSystems

[9] System Administrators Guide Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0 File Based,1543-CSH 150 56 Uen

[10] System Administrators Guide Ericsson Multi Activation 4.0 DatabaseBased, 1/1543-CSH 150 56 Uen

[11] SOG-MC Generic Interface Specification, 155 10-FAB 760 014

[12] Interworking Subscriber Data Translation Changeable ExchangeAdaptation (ISDTRAN), 2/155 18-CNT 296 0002 Uen

[13] Application Information block ASD, 2/155 18 - CNT 304 0003 Uen

[14] Application Information block AMAPTC, 2/155 18 - CNT 304 0004 Uen

[15] Application Information block AGEN, 2/155 18 - CNT 304 0001 Uen

[16] Authentication Centre, Key Data, Define, 1/154 31-CNT 304 0002

[17] Authentication Centre, Key Data, Delete, 2/154 31-CNT 304 0002

[18] Authentication Centre, Mobile Subscriber, 3/154 31-CNT 304 0002

[19] Authentication Centre, Mobile Subscriber, 4/154 31-CNT 304 0002

259155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11

Page 266: EMA 4.0 - CAI Specification for Core Network

Reference List

[20] System Administration Graphical User Interface Ericsson Multi Activation4.0, 1553-CSH 150 56 Uen

[21] JAMBALA AS 2.0 Interface Description Based on CAI, 1/155 10-1/FAM901 080 Uen

[22] CAI Specification for Optional network Elements, 5/155 10-CSH 15056 Uen

260 155 10-CSH 150 56 Uen S 2007-01-11